1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "common/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "common/array-view.h"
86 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
89 enum exception_event_kind
96 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
98 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
99 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
104 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
105 struct linespec_result *canonical,
106 enum bptype type_wanted);
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
109 struct linespec_result *,
110 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
113 enum bpdisp, int, int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
118 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
119 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
120 struct program_space *search_pspace);
122 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
123 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
127 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
130 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
131 const struct symtab_and_line *);
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
135 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
136 struct symtab_and_line,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
140 static struct breakpoint *
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
146 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
148 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
152 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
153 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
154 struct obj_section *, int);
156 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
157 struct bp_location *loc2);
159 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
160 const struct address_space *aspace,
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
164 const address_space *,
167 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
168 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
170 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
176 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
178 int *other_type_used);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
183 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
184 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
185 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
187 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
189 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
190 insert locations now. */
191 enum ugll_insert_mode
193 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
194 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
195 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
196 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
197 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
198 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
199 returns true on them.
201 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
202 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
203 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
204 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
205 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
206 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
210 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
211 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
214 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
215 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
216 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
217 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
218 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
219 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
220 as no thread is running yet. */
224 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
228 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
230 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
232 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
234 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
236 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
238 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
240 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
243 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
246 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
247 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
250 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
253 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
256 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
258 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
260 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
263 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
264 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
266 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
267 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
268 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
269 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
270 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
271 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
273 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
274 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
275 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
276 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
282 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
284 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
285 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
286 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
287 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
289 static char *dprintf_function;
291 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
292 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
293 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
294 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
295 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
296 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
297 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
299 static char *dprintf_channel;
301 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
303 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
305 struct command_line *
306 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
308 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
311 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
312 current breakpoint. */
314 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
317 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
319 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
320 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
322 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
324 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
327 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
328 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
329 if such is available. */
330 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
333 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
334 struct cmd_list_element *c,
337 fprintf_filtered (file,
338 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
339 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
343 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
345 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
346 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
347 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
349 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
350 struct cmd_list_element *c,
353 fprintf_filtered (file,
354 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
355 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
359 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
360 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
361 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
362 use hardware breakpoints. */
363 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
365 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
366 struct cmd_list_element *c,
369 fprintf_filtered (file,
370 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
374 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
375 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
376 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
377 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
378 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
379 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
380 processing user input. */
381 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
387 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
394 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
396 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
398 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
399 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
400 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
403 else if (target_has_execution)
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 for (thread_info *tp : all_non_exited_threads ())
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 static std::vector<bp_location *> moribund_locations;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
883 innermost_block.reset ();
885 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
892 struct bp_location *loc;
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
899 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
914 completion_tracker &tracker,
915 const char *text, const char *word)
919 text = skip_spaces (text);
920 space = skip_to_space (text);
924 struct breakpoint *b;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1012 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1013 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1014 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1016 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1017 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1019 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1020 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1021 command directly. */
1022 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1023 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1025 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1026 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1030 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1032 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1035 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1038 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1040 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1041 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1042 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1046 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1048 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1052 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1054 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1057 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1060 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1061 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1065 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1066 b = new tracepoint ();
1067 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1068 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1070 b = new breakpoint ();
1072 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1075 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1076 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1080 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1081 struct command_line *commands)
1083 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1085 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1086 struct command_line *c;
1087 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1089 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1090 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1094 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1095 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1096 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1097 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1098 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1099 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1100 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1101 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1102 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1103 tracepoint's context. */
1104 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1106 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1108 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1109 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1110 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1111 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1112 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1113 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1116 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1117 "can be used only once"));
1122 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1126 struct command_line *c2;
1128 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1129 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1130 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1132 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1133 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1143 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1144 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1146 std::vector<breakpoint *>
1147 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1149 struct breakpoint *b;
1150 std::vector<breakpoint *> found;
1151 struct bp_location *loc;
1154 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1156 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1157 if (loc->address == addr)
1158 found.push_back (b);
1164 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1165 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1168 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1169 counted_command_line &&commands)
1171 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1173 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1174 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1177 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1178 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1182 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1184 int old_silent = b->silent;
1187 if (old_silent != silent)
1188 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1191 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1192 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1195 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1197 int old_thread = b->thread;
1200 if (old_thread != thread)
1201 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1204 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1205 breakpoint work for any task. */
1208 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1210 int old_task = b->task;
1213 if (old_task != task)
1214 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1218 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1219 struct command_line *control)
1221 counted_command_line cmd;
1222 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1223 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1224 list of command by just typing "end". */
1225 bool cmd_read = false;
1227 std::string new_arg;
1229 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1231 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1232 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1234 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1235 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1236 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1239 map_breakpoint_numbers
1240 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1244 gdb_assert (cmd == NULL);
1245 if (control != NULL)
1246 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1250 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1251 "%s, one per line."),
1254 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1256 validate_actionline (line, b);
1258 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1259 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1260 validator = do_validate;
1262 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b->commands != cmd)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1293 return simple_control;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1301 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1305 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1321 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1323 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1324 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1332 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1341 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1343 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1362 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1366 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1372 if (readbuf != NULL)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1377 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info->shadow_len));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1383 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1387 const unsigned char *bp;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1393 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1425 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1438 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1440 struct bp_location *bl;
1442 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1443 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1484 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1503 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1515 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1525 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1537 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1552 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1553 && (b->watchpoint_thread == null_ptid
1554 || (inferior_ptid == b->watchpoint_thread
1555 && !inferior_thread ()->executing)));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1564 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1566 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1567 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1568 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1569 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1570 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1572 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value *
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1581 struct value *bit_val;
1586 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1605 struct program_space *pspace)
1607 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1609 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1610 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1611 b->loc->address = -1;
1612 b->loc->length = -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1621 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1623 && b->loc->next == NULL
1624 && b->loc->address == -1
1625 && b->loc->length == -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1683 int within_current_scope;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1693 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1700 within_current_scope = 1;
1703 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1722 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1723 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1724 if (within_current_scope)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1738 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1739 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1752 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1755 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1771 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1772 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1781 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1782 struct value *v, *result;
1783 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1795 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1796 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1797 b->val = release_value (v);
1801 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1815 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1817 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1828 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1829 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1836 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1838 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1844 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1847 addr = value_address (v);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1857 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1875 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1877 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1890 struct bp_location *bl;
1892 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1896 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1913 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1929 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1931 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1933 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1964 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1966 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1967 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2077 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2080 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2081 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2105 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2113 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2117 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2118 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2119 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2120 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2121 one of them is true. */
2124 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2126 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2127 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2128 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2129 struct bp_location *loc;
2131 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2132 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2134 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2135 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2136 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2138 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2139 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2142 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2143 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2144 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2145 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2146 response back to GDB. */
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2190 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2196 for this location's address. */
2197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2201 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2202 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2203 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2206 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2207 to send the conditions to the target. */
2208 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2215 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2216 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2217 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2219 static agent_expr_up
2220 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2222 const char *cmdrest;
2223 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2231 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2233 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2235 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2236 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2238 format_start = cmdrest;
2240 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2242 format_end = cmdrest;
2244 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2245 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2247 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2249 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2250 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2252 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2254 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2256 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2258 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2259 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2264 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2265 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2267 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2271 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2273 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2274 that may show up. */
2277 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2278 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2279 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2281 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2283 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2284 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2285 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2289 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2293 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2294 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2295 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2298 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2300 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2301 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2302 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2303 struct bp_location *loc;
2305 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2306 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2308 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2311 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2312 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2315 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2316 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2317 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2323 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2324 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2340 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2341 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2343 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2345 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2346 loc->owner->extra_string);
2349 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2350 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2351 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2353 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2359 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2361 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2366 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2367 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2369 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2371 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2374 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2379 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2380 for this location's address. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2384 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2385 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2386 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2387 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2390 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2391 to send the commands to the target. */
2392 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2396 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2397 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2398 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2399 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2402 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2403 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2404 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2408 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2410 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2412 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2413 struct regcache *regcache;
2415 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr);
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2421 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2424 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2425 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2426 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2427 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2430 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2431 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2433 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2434 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2435 int *disabled_breaks,
2436 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2437 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2439 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2441 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2444 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2445 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2446 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2447 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2448 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2449 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2450 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2451 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2452 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2453 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2454 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2455 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2457 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2458 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2459 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2460 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2462 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2464 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2465 build_target_command_list (bl);
2466 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2467 bl->needs_update = 0;
2470 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2473 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2475 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2476 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2477 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2479 Two important cases are:
2480 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2481 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2482 hardware breakpoint.
2483 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2484 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2485 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2488 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2489 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2490 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2491 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2493 struct mem_region *mr
2494 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2498 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2500 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2502 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2503 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2505 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2507 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2509 static int said = 0;
2511 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2514 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2515 _("Note: automatically using "
2516 "hardware breakpoints for "
2517 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2522 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2523 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2525 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2526 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2527 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2528 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2530 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2536 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2537 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2538 || bl->section == NULL
2539 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2541 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2546 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2548 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2550 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2563 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2564 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2570 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2572 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2573 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2574 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2576 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2581 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2582 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2583 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2584 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2585 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2588 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2590 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2596 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2598 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2599 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2603 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2604 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2606 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2611 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2613 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2615 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2623 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2624 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2629 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2631 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2634 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2635 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2636 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2637 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2638 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2639 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2640 errors as memory errors. */
2641 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2642 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2643 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2644 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2645 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2646 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2649 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2650 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2651 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2652 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2658 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2659 "library breakpoints:\n");
2661 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2663 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2670 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2671 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2673 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2675 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2676 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2677 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2682 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2685 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2686 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2688 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2689 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2691 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2695 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2696 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2711 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2712 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2713 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2714 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2718 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2719 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2721 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2723 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2724 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2725 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2727 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2729 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2730 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2734 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2735 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2739 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2740 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2747 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2748 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2751 /* Back to the original value. */
2752 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2756 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2759 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2763 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2764 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2766 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2769 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2773 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2774 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2776 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2782 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2783 so just return success. */
2790 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2791 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2795 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2797 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2798 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2800 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2803 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2804 delete_breakpoint (b);
2807 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2808 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2811 struct bp_location *tmp;
2813 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2816 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2817 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2819 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2820 if (tmp->next == loc)
2822 tmp->next = loc->next;
2828 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2829 removed locations above. */
2830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2833 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2834 Throws exception on any error.
2835 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2836 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2838 insert_breakpoints (void)
2840 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2845 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2847 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2850 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2851 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2852 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2853 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2856 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2859 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2865 callback (loc, NULL);
2869 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2870 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2871 always-inserted mode. */
2874 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2876 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2879 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2880 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2881 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2883 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2885 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2886 there was an error. */
2887 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2889 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2893 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2895 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2898 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2899 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2900 deletion of breakpoints. */
2901 if (!bl->inserted || !bl->needs_update)
2904 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2906 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2907 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2908 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2909 insert breakpoints. */
2910 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2911 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2914 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2915 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2922 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2923 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2927 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2930 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2932 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2936 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2937 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2938 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2940 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2942 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2943 there was an error. */
2944 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2946 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2950 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2953 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2954 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2955 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2956 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2957 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2960 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2962 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2963 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2964 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2965 insert breakpoints. */
2966 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2967 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2970 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2971 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2976 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2977 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2980 int some_failed = 0;
2981 struct bp_location *loc;
2983 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2989 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2992 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2993 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3000 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3002 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3004 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3005 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3006 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3014 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3015 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3016 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3018 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3019 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3021 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3022 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3026 /* Used when the program stops.
3027 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3028 removing a breakpoint location. */
3031 remove_breakpoints (void)
3033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3038 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3039 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3044 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3048 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3050 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3054 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3056 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3058 printf_filtered (_("\
3059 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3060 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3062 /* Hide it from the user. */
3068 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3071 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior *inf)
3073 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3076 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3078 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3081 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3083 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3091 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3093 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3094 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3095 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3096 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3097 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3098 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3100 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3103 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3106 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3107 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3111 static struct breakpoint *
3112 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3113 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3114 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3116 symtab_and_line sal;
3118 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3119 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3121 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3122 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3123 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3128 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3130 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3132 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3134 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3135 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3137 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3140 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3141 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3143 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3144 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3146 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3148 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3150 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3151 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3153 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3154 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3156 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3157 int exception_searched = 0;
3159 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3161 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3164 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3166 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3167 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3169 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3172 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3174 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3177 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3178 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3180 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3181 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3185 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3186 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3187 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3189 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3190 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3192 return bp_objfile_data;
3196 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3198 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3199 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3201 delete bp_objfile_data;
3205 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3207 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3209 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3211 struct breakpoint *b;
3212 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3214 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3216 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3218 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3221 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3223 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3225 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3226 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3228 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3229 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3232 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3235 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3236 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3238 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3239 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3240 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3241 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3243 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3245 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3246 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3250 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3251 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3257 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3259 struct program_space *pspace;
3261 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3263 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3265 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3267 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3270 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3271 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3273 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3275 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3277 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3279 std::vector<probe *> ret
3280 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3284 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3287 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3289 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3290 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3295 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3298 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3300 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3302 struct breakpoint *b;
3304 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3305 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3308 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3309 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3318 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3320 struct breakpoint *b;
3321 const char *func_name;
3323 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3325 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3328 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3329 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3331 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3333 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3334 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3336 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3337 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3340 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3343 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3344 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3345 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3346 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3347 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3348 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3349 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3355 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3357 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3359 struct program_space *pspace;
3360 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3362 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3364 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3368 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3370 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3372 struct breakpoint *b;
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3374 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3376 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3378 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3381 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3385 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3386 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3387 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3389 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3390 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3393 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3396 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3397 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3398 bp_std_terminate_master,
3399 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3400 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3401 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3402 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3403 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3408 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3411 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3413 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3415 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3417 struct breakpoint *b;
3418 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3419 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3421 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3423 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3425 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3426 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3428 std::vector<probe *> ret
3429 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3433 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3436 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3438 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3439 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3443 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3444 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3447 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3449 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3451 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3453 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3454 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3455 bp_exception_master,
3456 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3457 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3458 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3464 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3466 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3469 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3471 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3473 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3475 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3476 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3478 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3482 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3485 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3486 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3487 current_top_target ());
3488 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3489 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3490 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3491 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3492 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3493 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3497 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3500 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3502 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3506 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3508 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3509 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3511 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3512 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3513 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3514 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3515 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3516 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3517 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3518 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3519 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3520 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3521 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3525 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3528 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3529 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3531 delete_breakpoint (b);
3535 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3536 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3538 delete_breakpoint (b);
3542 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3543 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3544 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3545 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3546 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3548 delete_breakpoint (b);
3552 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3553 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3555 delete_breakpoint (b);
3559 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3560 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3562 delete_breakpoint (b);
3566 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3568 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3569 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3570 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3572 delete_breakpoint (b);
3576 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3578 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3579 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3580 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3581 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3585 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3586 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3587 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3588 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3589 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3590 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3592 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3593 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3594 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3595 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3596 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3597 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3598 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3600 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3601 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3602 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3603 let finish_command delete it.
3605 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3606 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3607 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3608 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3609 solib breakpoints.) */
3611 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3616 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3617 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3619 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3621 delete_breakpoint (b);
3628 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3630 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3632 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3633 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3635 if (ptid.pid () == inferior_ptid.pid ())
3636 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3638 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3639 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3640 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3642 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3645 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3646 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3647 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3648 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3649 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3650 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3651 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3655 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3661 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3662 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3663 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3664 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3665 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3668 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3672 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3673 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3675 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3676 This should not ever happen. */
3677 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3679 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3680 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3682 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3683 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3684 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3686 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3687 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3688 || bl->section == NULL
3689 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3691 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3693 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3694 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3695 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3696 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3697 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3698 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3699 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3700 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3701 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3702 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3703 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3704 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3705 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3706 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3707 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3708 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3709 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3710 they should always be removed. */
3711 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3712 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3713 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3716 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3720 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3721 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3722 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3724 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3725 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3727 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3728 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3729 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3730 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3731 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3733 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3734 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3737 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3738 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3741 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3742 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3743 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3744 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3746 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3747 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3748 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3749 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3750 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3751 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3757 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3762 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3763 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3764 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3765 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3766 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3767 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3768 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3769 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3770 always-inserted mode. */
3772 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3773 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3774 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3775 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3781 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3783 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3785 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3786 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3788 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3789 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3791 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3792 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3793 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3796 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3797 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3800 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3801 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3803 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3807 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3814 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3816 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3817 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3819 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3820 This should not ever happen. */
3821 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3823 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3827 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3830 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3833 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3835 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3838 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3842 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3843 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3845 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3848 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3849 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3850 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3855 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3857 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3858 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3860 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3862 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3865 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3869 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3875 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3877 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3878 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3881 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3883 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3885 case bp_shlib_event:
3887 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3888 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3889 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3890 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3891 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3893 (gdb) file prog-linux
3894 (gdb) run # native linux target
3897 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3898 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3901 case bp_step_resume:
3903 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3905 case bp_single_step:
3907 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3909 delete_breakpoint (b);
3913 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3914 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3915 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3917 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3919 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3920 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3921 delete_breakpoint (b);
3924 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3925 valid. New ones will be created in
3926 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3927 The next update_global_location_list call will
3928 garbage collect them. */
3931 if (context == inf_starting)
3933 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3934 insert_breakpoints. */
3935 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3946 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3947 for (bp_location *bl : moribund_locations)
3948 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3949 moribund_locations.clear ();
3952 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3953 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3954 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3955 match, not program space. */
3957 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3958 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3959 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3960 permanent breakpoint.
3961 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3962 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3963 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3964 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3965 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3967 enum breakpoint_here
3968 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3970 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3971 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3973 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3975 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3976 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3979 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3980 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3982 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3984 if (overlay_debugging
3985 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3986 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3987 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3988 else if (bl->permanent)
3989 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3991 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3995 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
3998 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4001 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4002 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4004 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4008 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4009 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4012 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4014 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4017 if (overlay_debugging
4018 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4019 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4021 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4032 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4035 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4037 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
4038 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4044 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4048 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4049 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4052 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4055 if (overlay_debugging
4056 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4057 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4058 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4065 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4068 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4070 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4074 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4076 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4077 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4080 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4086 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4090 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4093 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4095 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4097 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4099 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4102 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4109 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4112 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4115 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4117 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4119 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4121 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4124 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4132 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4133 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4135 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4139 struct bp_location *loc;
4141 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4142 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4145 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4148 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4149 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4153 /* Check for intersection. */
4154 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4155 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4164 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4168 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4170 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4173 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4176 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4178 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4179 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4182 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4183 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4186 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4203 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4205 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4206 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4207 commands (other.commands),
4208 print (other.print),
4210 print_it (other.print_it)
4212 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4213 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4214 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4217 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4218 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4221 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4225 bpstat retval = NULL;
4230 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4232 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4235 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4245 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4248 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4253 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4255 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4261 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4264 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4266 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4268 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4270 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4272 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4277 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4286 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4287 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4288 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4289 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4291 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4292 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4294 Return 1 otherwise. */
4297 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4299 struct breakpoint *b;
4302 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4304 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4305 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4306 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4307 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4308 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4310 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4312 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4316 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4319 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4323 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
4326 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4327 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4329 bs->commands = NULL;
4330 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4334 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4337 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4339 if (inferior_ptid != null_ptid)
4341 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4343 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4344 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4345 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4346 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4347 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4351 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4354 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4355 or its equivalent. */
4358 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4360 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4363 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4364 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4365 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4366 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4368 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4369 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4370 bpstat of the current thread. */
4373 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4378 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4380 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4383 scoped_restore save_executing
4384 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4386 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4388 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4391 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4392 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4394 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4396 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4398 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4399 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4400 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4401 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4402 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4403 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4404 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4405 the tree when we're done. */
4406 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4407 bs->commands = NULL;
4410 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4412 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4418 execute_control_command (cmd);
4420 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4426 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4428 if (current_ui->async)
4429 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4430 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4431 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4434 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4435 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4436 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4437 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4438 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4439 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4440 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4441 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4442 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4443 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4444 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4445 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4446 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4454 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4455 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4457 static thread_info *
4458 get_bpstat_thread ()
4460 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid || !target_has_execution)
4463 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4464 if (tp->state == THREAD_EXITED || tp->executing)
4470 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4472 auto cleanup_if_error = make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions);
4475 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4476 while ((tp = get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL)
4478 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4479 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4480 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4481 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4482 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp->control.stop_bpstat))
4486 cleanup_if_error.release ();
4489 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4492 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4495 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4498 struct value_print_options opts;
4499 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4500 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4504 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4505 debugging multiple threads. */
4508 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4510 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4515 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4518 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4520 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4521 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4523 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4526 uiout->text (" \"");
4527 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4531 uiout->text (" hit ");
4535 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4536 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4537 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4538 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4541 static enum print_stop_action
4542 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4544 switch (bs->print_it)
4547 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4548 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4552 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4553 relevant messages. */
4554 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4557 case print_it_normal:
4559 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4561 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4562 which has since been deleted. */
4564 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4566 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4567 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4578 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4581 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4583 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4584 bool any_added = !current_program_space->added_solibs.empty ();
4588 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4589 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4591 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4592 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4595 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4596 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4597 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4601 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4602 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4603 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4605 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4608 current_uiout->text (" ");
4609 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4610 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4616 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4617 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4619 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
4622 current_uiout->text (" ");
4624 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4625 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4630 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4631 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4632 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4633 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4634 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4635 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4636 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4639 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4640 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4641 code to print the location. An example is
4642 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4644 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4645 to also print the location part of the message.
4646 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4647 don't require a location appended to the end.
4648 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4649 further info to be printed. */
4651 enum print_stop_action
4652 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4654 enum print_stop_action val;
4656 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4657 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4658 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4659 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4660 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4662 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4663 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4664 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4665 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4669 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4670 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4671 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4672 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4674 print_solib_event (0);
4675 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4678 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4679 with and nothing was printed. */
4680 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4683 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4686 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4688 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4689 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4691 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4695 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4697 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4699 bp_location_at (bl),
4700 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4704 print_it (print_it_normal)
4706 incref_bp_location (bl);
4707 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4708 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4713 bp_location_at (NULL),
4714 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4718 print_it (print_it_normal)
4722 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4723 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4726 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4728 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4730 struct breakpoint *b;
4732 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4734 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4735 as not triggered. */
4737 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4739 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4741 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4747 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr))
4749 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4750 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4752 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4754 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4756 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4762 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4763 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4767 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4770 struct bp_location *loc;
4772 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4773 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4777 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4778 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4780 if (newaddr == start)
4782 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4786 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4787 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4791 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4800 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4801 enum wp_check_result
4803 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4806 /* The value has changed. */
4807 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4809 /* The value has not changed. */
4810 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4812 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4816 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4817 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4819 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4822 static wp_check_result
4823 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4825 struct watchpoint *b;
4826 struct frame_info *fr;
4827 int within_current_scope;
4829 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4830 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4831 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4833 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4834 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4835 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4836 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4839 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4840 within_current_scope = 1;
4843 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4844 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4845 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4847 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4848 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4849 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4850 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4851 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4852 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4853 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4854 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4855 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4856 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4859 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4860 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4862 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4863 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4864 if (within_current_scope)
4866 struct symbol *function;
4868 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4869 if (function == NULL
4870 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4871 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4872 within_current_scope = 0;
4875 if (within_current_scope)
4876 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4877 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4882 if (within_current_scope)
4884 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4885 time before we return to the command level and call
4886 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4887 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4891 struct value *new_val;
4893 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4894 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4895 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4896 a mask watchpoint. */
4897 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4899 mark = value_mark ();
4900 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4902 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4903 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4905 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4906 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4907 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4908 not what we want. */
4909 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4910 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4913 bs->old_val = b->val;
4914 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4916 if (new_val != NULL)
4917 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4918 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4922 /* Nothing changed. */
4923 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4924 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4929 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4930 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4931 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4932 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4933 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4934 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4935 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4936 the first value assigned). */
4937 /* We print all the stop information in
4938 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4939 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4940 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4943 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4945 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4947 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4949 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4950 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4951 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4952 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4953 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4956 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4958 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4964 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4965 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4966 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4969 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4970 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4971 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4973 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4975 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4976 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4978 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4981 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4982 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4985 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4987 const struct bp_location *bl;
4988 struct watchpoint *b;
4990 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4991 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4992 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4993 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4994 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4997 int must_check_value = 0;
4999 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5000 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5002 must_check_value = 1;
5003 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5004 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5005 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5007 must_check_value = 1;
5008 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5009 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5010 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5011 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5012 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5013 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5014 must_check_value = 1;
5016 if (must_check_value)
5022 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5024 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5026 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5027 "Error evaluating expression "
5028 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5031 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5033 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5036 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5044 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5045 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5049 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5052 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5053 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5055 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5057 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5058 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5059 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5060 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5061 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5062 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5063 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5066 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5067 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5070 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5071 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5072 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5073 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5075 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5076 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5077 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5080 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5081 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5082 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5083 changes. This still gives false positives when
5084 the program writes the same value to memory as
5085 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5086 it for a read), but it's much better than
5089 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5091 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5093 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5096 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5097 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5099 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5100 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5102 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5103 == watch_triggered_yes)
5105 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5111 if (other_write_watchpoint
5112 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5114 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5115 and the value changed since the last time we
5116 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5118 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5123 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5124 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5125 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5127 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5128 the value hasn't changed. */
5129 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5139 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5141 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5142 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5143 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5144 anything for this watchpoint. */
5145 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5151 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5152 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5153 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5154 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5157 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, thread_info *thread)
5159 const struct bp_location *bl;
5160 struct breakpoint *b;
5162 bool condition_result = true;
5163 struct expression *cond;
5165 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5167 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5168 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5169 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5170 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5171 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5173 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5174 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5175 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5177 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5178 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5184 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5185 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5187 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread->global_num)
5188 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (thread)))
5194 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5196 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5198 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5200 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5202 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5205 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5207 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5209 int within_current_scope = 1;
5210 struct watchpoint * w;
5212 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5213 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5214 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5215 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5217 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5219 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5220 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5224 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5225 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5226 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5227 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5228 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5230 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5231 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5234 struct frame_info *frame;
5236 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5237 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5238 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5239 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5240 really matter which instantiation of the function
5241 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5242 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5243 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5244 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5245 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5246 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5247 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5248 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5250 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5252 select_frame (frame);
5254 within_current_scope = 0;
5256 if (within_current_scope)
5260 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5262 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5264 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5265 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5271 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5272 "in the current scope"));
5273 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5274 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5276 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5277 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5280 if (cond && !condition_result)
5284 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5288 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5290 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5294 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5295 on the current target. */
5298 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5300 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5301 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5302 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5303 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5306 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5309 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5310 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5312 struct breakpoint *b;
5313 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5317 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5320 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5322 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5323 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5324 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5325 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5326 checked all locations already. */
5327 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5330 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5333 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5336 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5339 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5342 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5343 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5344 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5348 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5349 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5350 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5352 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5354 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5356 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5361 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5362 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5363 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5365 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
5367 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5368 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5370 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5371 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5374 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5382 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5385 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5386 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, thread_info *thread,
5387 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5390 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5391 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5392 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5394 int need_remove_insert;
5397 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5398 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5399 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5400 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5401 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5402 inferior function calls. */
5403 if (bs_head == NULL)
5404 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5406 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5407 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5408 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5410 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5412 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5414 handle_solib_event ();
5419 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5420 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5421 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5425 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5430 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5431 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5434 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, thread);
5439 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5441 /* We will stop here. */
5442 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5444 --(b->enable_count);
5445 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5446 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5451 bs->commands = b->commands;
5452 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5453 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5456 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5461 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5463 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5464 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5467 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5468 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5469 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5471 need_remove_insert = 0;
5472 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5473 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5475 && bs->breakpoint_at
5476 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5478 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5480 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5481 need_remove_insert = 1;
5484 if (need_remove_insert)
5485 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5486 else if (removed_any)
5487 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5493 handle_jit_event (void)
5495 struct frame_info *frame;
5496 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5499 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5501 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5502 breakpoint_re_set. */
5503 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5505 frame = get_current_frame ();
5506 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5508 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5510 target_terminal::inferior ();
5513 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5515 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5518 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5520 struct bpstat_what retval;
5523 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5524 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5525 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5527 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5529 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5530 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5531 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5534 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5536 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5537 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5541 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5548 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5549 case bp_single_step:
5552 case bp_shlib_event:
5556 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5558 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5561 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5564 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5565 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5566 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5576 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5577 This requires no further action. */
5581 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5586 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5589 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5591 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5592 case bp_exception_resume:
5595 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5596 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5599 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5601 case bp_step_resume:
5603 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5606 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5607 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5610 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5612 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5615 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5616 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5619 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5620 case bp_thread_event:
5621 case bp_overlay_event:
5622 case bp_longjmp_master:
5623 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5624 case bp_exception_master:
5625 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5631 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5633 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5637 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5638 This requires no further action. */
5642 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5645 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5646 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5647 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5648 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5650 case bp_std_terminate:
5651 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5652 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5653 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5654 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5657 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5658 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5659 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5660 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5662 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5663 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5665 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5666 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5667 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5669 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5670 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5671 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5672 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5677 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5679 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5683 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5684 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5687 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5694 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5698 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5700 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5707 handle_jit_event ();
5709 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5710 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5712 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5713 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5719 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5720 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5721 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5724 bpstat_should_step (void)
5726 struct breakpoint *b;
5729 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5735 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5737 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5746 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5747 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5748 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5751 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5753 static char wrap_indent[80];
5754 int i, total_width, width, align;
5758 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5760 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5762 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5763 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5764 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5769 total_width += width + 1;
5775 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5776 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5778 "host": Host evals condition.
5779 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5780 "target": Target evals condition.
5784 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5786 struct bp_location *bl;
5787 char host_evals = 0;
5788 char target_evals = 0;
5793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5796 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5797 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5798 return condition_evaluation_host;
5800 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5802 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5808 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5809 return condition_evaluation_both;
5810 else if (target_evals)
5811 return condition_evaluation_target;
5813 return condition_evaluation_host;
5816 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5817 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5820 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5822 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5825 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5826 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5827 return condition_evaluation_host;
5829 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5830 return condition_evaluation_target;
5832 return condition_evaluation_host;
5835 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5838 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5839 struct bp_location *loc)
5841 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5843 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5845 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5849 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5851 if (b->display_canonical)
5852 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5853 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5855 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5859 uiout->text ("in ");
5860 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
5861 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
5863 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5864 uiout->text ("at ");
5866 uiout->field_string ("file",
5867 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab),
5868 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5871 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5872 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5874 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5880 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5882 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5886 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5887 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5888 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5889 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5890 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5891 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5893 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5897 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5901 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5902 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5903 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5906 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5907 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5913 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5915 struct ep_type_description
5918 const char *description;
5920 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5922 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5923 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5924 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5925 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5926 {bp_until, "until"},
5927 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5928 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5929 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5930 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5931 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5932 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5933 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5934 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5935 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5936 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5937 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5938 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5939 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5940 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5941 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5942 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5943 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5944 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5945 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5946 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5947 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5948 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5949 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5950 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5951 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5952 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5953 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5954 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5955 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5958 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5959 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5960 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5961 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5964 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5967 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5968 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5971 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5972 const char *field_name,
5973 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5976 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5978 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5979 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5980 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5983 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5985 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
5991 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
5992 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
5997 uiout->text (" inf ");
6001 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6006 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6009 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6010 struct bp_location *loc,
6012 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6015 struct command_line *l;
6016 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6018 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6019 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6020 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6021 struct value_print_options opts;
6023 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6025 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6026 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6027 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6030 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6031 header_of_multiple = 1;
6039 if (part_of_multiple)
6040 uiout->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6042 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6046 if (part_of_multiple)
6047 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6049 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6053 if (part_of_multiple)
6054 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6056 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6060 if (part_of_multiple)
6061 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6063 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6066 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6068 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6069 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6070 make sure there's just one location. */
6071 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6072 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6078 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6079 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6083 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6084 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6085 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6087 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6089 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6090 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6091 is relatively readable). */
6092 if (opts.addressprint)
6093 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6095 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6100 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6101 case bp_single_step:
6105 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6106 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6108 case bp_exception_resume:
6109 case bp_step_resume:
6110 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6111 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6113 case bp_std_terminate:
6114 case bp_shlib_event:
6115 case bp_thread_event:
6116 case bp_overlay_event:
6117 case bp_longjmp_master:
6118 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6119 case bp_exception_master:
6121 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6122 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6125 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6126 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6127 if (opts.addressprint)
6130 if (header_of_multiple)
6131 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6132 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6133 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6135 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6136 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6139 if (!header_of_multiple)
6140 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6147 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6149 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6152 for (inferior *inf : all_inferiors ())
6154 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6155 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6158 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6159 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6161 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6162 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6163 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6164 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6165 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6166 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6168 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6171 if (!part_of_multiple)
6173 if (b->thread != -1)
6175 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6176 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6177 uiout->text (" thread ");
6178 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6180 else if (b->task != 0)
6182 uiout->text (" task ");
6183 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6189 if (!part_of_multiple)
6190 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6192 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6195 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6196 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6198 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6199 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6203 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6206 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6207 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6209 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6210 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6212 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6213 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6214 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6215 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6216 == condition_evaluation_target)
6219 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6220 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6221 uiout->text (" evals)");
6226 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6228 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6229 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6230 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6231 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6234 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6236 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6241 if (!part_of_multiple)
6245 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6246 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6247 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6248 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6249 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6251 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6252 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6253 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6254 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6255 uiout->text (" time\n");
6257 uiout->text (" times\n");
6261 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6262 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6263 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6267 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6270 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6271 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6272 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6275 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6276 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6277 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6278 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6281 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6282 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6283 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6284 if (b->ignore_count)
6285 uiout->text ("additional ");
6287 uiout->text ("next ");
6288 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6289 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6292 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6294 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6296 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6298 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6299 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6300 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6304 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6305 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6308 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6309 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6312 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6314 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6316 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6318 annotate_field (10);
6319 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6320 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6321 uiout->text (" \n");
6324 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6326 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6328 annotate_field (11);
6330 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6331 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6332 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6338 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6339 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6344 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6346 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6348 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6350 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6352 else if (b->location != NULL
6353 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6354 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6355 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6360 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6361 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6364 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6365 bool use_fixed_output = mi_multi_location_breakpoint_output_fixed (uiout);
6367 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place, uiout, "bkpt");
6368 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6370 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6372 if (!use_fixed_output)
6373 bkpt_tuple_emitter.reset ();
6375 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6376 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6377 locations, if any. */
6378 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6380 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6381 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6382 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6385 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6386 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6388 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6389 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6391 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_list> locations_list;
6393 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6394 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6396 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output)
6397 locations_list.emplace (uiout, "locations");
6400 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6402 ui_out_emit_tuple loc_tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6403 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6410 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6412 int print_address_bits = 0;
6413 struct bp_location *loc;
6415 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6416 address to print. */
6417 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6420 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6424 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6425 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6426 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6429 return print_address_bits;
6432 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6435 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6437 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6438 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6441 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6442 internal or momentary. */
6445 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6447 return b->number > 0;
6450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6453 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6455 return b->loc == NULL;
6458 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6459 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6460 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6461 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6462 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6463 breakpoints listed. */
6466 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6467 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6469 struct breakpoint *b;
6470 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6471 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6472 struct value_print_options opts;
6473 int print_address_bits = 0;
6474 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6475 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6477 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6479 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6480 required for address fields. */
6481 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6484 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6485 if (filter && !filter (b))
6488 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6489 accept. Skip the others. */
6490 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6492 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6494 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6498 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6500 int addr_bit, type_len;
6502 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6503 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6504 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6506 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6507 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6508 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6510 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6515 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6516 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6517 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6520 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6521 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6524 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6525 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6527 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6530 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6531 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6533 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6534 if (opts.addressprint)
6536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6538 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6539 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6541 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6543 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6545 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6546 uiout->table_body ();
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6548 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6553 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6554 if (filter && !filter (b))
6557 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6558 accept. Skip the others. */
6560 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6562 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6564 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6567 else /* all others */
6569 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6573 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6575 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6576 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6580 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6582 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6586 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6587 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6589 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6595 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6596 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6599 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6600 there have been breakpoints? */
6601 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6603 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6606 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6607 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6610 default_collect_info (void)
6612 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6614 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6615 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6617 if (!*default_collect)
6620 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6622 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6623 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6624 uiout->text (" \n");
6628 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6630 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6632 default_collect_info ();
6636 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6638 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6639 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6641 if (num_printed == 0)
6643 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6644 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6646 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6651 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6653 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6655 default_collect_info ();
6659 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6660 struct program_space *pspace,
6661 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6663 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6665 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6667 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6668 && bl->address == pc
6669 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6675 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6676 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6680 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6681 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6682 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6685 struct breakpoint *b;
6688 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6689 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6693 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6694 else /* if (others == ???) */
6695 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6697 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6700 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6701 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6702 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6703 else if (b->thread != -1)
6704 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6705 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6706 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6707 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6711 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6713 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6714 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch, pc), address_style.style (), gdb_stdout);
6715 printf_filtered (".\n");
6720 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6721 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6722 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6723 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6725 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6726 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6727 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6728 breakpoint location at address zero:
6736 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6738 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6740 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6743 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6744 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6747 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6748 struct bp_location *loc2)
6750 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6751 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6753 /* Both of them must exist. */
6754 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6755 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6757 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6758 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6759 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6760 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6761 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6762 other watchpoint. */
6764 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6766 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6767 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6769 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6771 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6772 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6775 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6776 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6777 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6778 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6779 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6780 become hw_access locations later. */
6781 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6782 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6783 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6784 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6787 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6790 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6791 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6793 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6794 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6798 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6799 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6800 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6801 space doesn't really matter. */
6804 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6806 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6809 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6810 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6811 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6814 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6815 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6816 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6817 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6820 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6821 const address_space *aspace,
6824 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6827 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6828 bl->address, bl->length,
6832 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6833 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6834 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6835 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6836 doesn't really matter. */
6839 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6840 const address_space *aspace,
6841 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6843 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6844 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6846 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6848 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6854 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6855 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6856 true, otherwise returns false. */
6859 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6860 struct bp_location *loc2)
6862 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6863 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6864 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6865 different locations. */
6866 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6871 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6872 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6873 represent the same location. */
6876 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6877 struct bp_location *loc2)
6879 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6881 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6882 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6883 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6885 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6886 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6888 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6891 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6892 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6893 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6895 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6896 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6897 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6898 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6902 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6903 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6905 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6906 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6910 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6911 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6913 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6914 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6916 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6919 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6920 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6921 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6922 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6925 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6926 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6928 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6929 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6930 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6931 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6932 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6934 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6935 have their addresses modified. */
6938 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6940 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6941 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6942 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6943 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6944 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6945 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6950 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6952 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6954 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6955 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6956 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6959 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6961 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6962 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6964 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6965 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6967 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6971 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner)
6973 bp_location *loc = this;
6976 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6977 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6980 switch (owner->type)
6983 case bp_single_step:
6987 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6988 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6990 case bp_exception_resume:
6991 case bp_step_resume:
6992 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6993 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6995 case bp_std_terminate:
6996 case bp_shlib_event:
6997 case bp_thread_event:
6998 case bp_overlay_event:
7000 case bp_longjmp_master:
7001 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7002 case bp_exception_master:
7003 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7004 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7006 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7007 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7009 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7010 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7011 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7013 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7014 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7015 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7016 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7021 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7022 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7023 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7026 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7032 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7034 static struct bp_location *
7035 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7037 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7041 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7046 /* Increment reference count. */
7049 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7054 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7055 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7058 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7060 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7062 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7063 free_bp_location (*blp);
7067 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7070 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7072 struct breakpoint *b1;
7073 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7075 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7076 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7078 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7080 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7085 b1->next = b.release ();
7091 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7094 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7095 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7099 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7103 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7104 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7105 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7106 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7109 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7110 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7112 static struct breakpoint *
7113 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7115 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7117 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7119 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7120 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7123 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7124 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7128 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7130 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7132 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7133 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7134 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7136 const char *function_name;
7138 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7139 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7140 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7143 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7145 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7147 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7148 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7150 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7151 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7152 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7153 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7155 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7159 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7162 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7166 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7168 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7171 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7173 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7178 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7179 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7180 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7182 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7183 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7184 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7187 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7188 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7189 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7191 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7193 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7195 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7196 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7198 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7199 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7201 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7202 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7205 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7206 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7207 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7208 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7209 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7210 is also returned as the value of this function.
7212 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7213 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7214 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7215 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7216 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7217 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7218 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7221 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7222 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7223 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7225 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7227 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7228 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7231 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7232 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7233 initiated the operation. */
7236 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7238 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7239 int thread = tp->global_num;
7241 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7242 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7243 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7244 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7246 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7247 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7248 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7250 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7251 struct breakpoint *clone;
7253 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7254 after their removal. */
7255 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7256 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7257 clone->thread = thread;
7260 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7263 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7265 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7267 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7270 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7272 if (b->thread == thread)
7273 delete_breakpoint (b);
7278 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7280 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7283 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7285 if (b->thread == thread)
7286 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7290 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7291 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7292 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7296 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7298 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7301 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7303 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7305 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7306 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7308 new_b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
7310 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7312 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7315 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7316 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7317 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7318 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7324 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7325 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7328 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7329 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7333 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7335 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7338 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7340 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7342 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7343 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7344 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7345 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7348 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp);
7350 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7352 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7353 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7354 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7356 delete_breakpoint (b);
7361 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7363 struct breakpoint *b;
7366 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7368 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7369 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7370 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7375 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7377 struct breakpoint *b;
7380 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7382 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7383 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7384 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7388 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7389 master breakpoint. */
7391 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7393 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7396 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7397 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7399 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7400 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7404 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7406 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7411 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7412 delete_breakpoint (b);
7416 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7418 struct breakpoint *b;
7420 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7421 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7423 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7424 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7425 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7427 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7432 struct lang_and_radix
7438 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7441 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7443 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7444 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7447 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7450 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7452 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7455 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7456 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7457 delete_breakpoint (b);
7461 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7463 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7466 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7467 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7468 delete_breakpoint (b);
7471 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7474 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7476 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7479 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7480 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7481 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7484 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7485 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7486 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7488 static struct breakpoint *
7489 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7490 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7492 struct breakpoint *b;
7494 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7495 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7496 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7501 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7503 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7506 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7509 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7511 struct breakpoint *b;
7513 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7515 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7516 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7518 delete_breakpoint (b);
7524 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7525 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7528 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7530 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7532 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7534 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7535 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7537 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7538 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7539 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7540 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7541 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7542 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7543 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7544 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7545 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7546 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7547 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7548 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7551 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7556 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7557 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7558 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7561 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7563 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7564 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7566 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7568 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7569 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7571 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7572 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7573 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7574 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7575 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7576 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7577 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7578 || is_tracepoint (b))
7579 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7581 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7582 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7583 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7584 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7587 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7588 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7590 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7592 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7593 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7594 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7597 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7602 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7603 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7604 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7607 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7609 struct breakpoint *b;
7611 if (objfile == NULL)
7614 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7615 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7616 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7617 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7618 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7619 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7620 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7621 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7622 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7623 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7625 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7626 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7631 struct bp_location *loc;
7632 int bp_modified = 0;
7634 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7637 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7639 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7641 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7642 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7645 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7648 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7651 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7652 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7655 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7657 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7658 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7659 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7660 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7661 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7664 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7671 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7675 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7677 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7678 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7679 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7681 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7683 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7684 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7685 catchpoint has triggered. */
7686 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7689 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7693 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7695 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7698 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7702 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7704 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7707 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7711 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7712 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7713 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7715 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7717 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7720 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7724 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7727 static enum print_stop_action
7728 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7730 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7731 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7732 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7734 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7735 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7736 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7737 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7739 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7740 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7742 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7743 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7745 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7746 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7747 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7748 uiout->text ("), ");
7749 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7752 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7756 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7758 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7759 struct value_print_options opts;
7760 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7762 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7764 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7765 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7767 if (opts.addressprint)
7768 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7770 uiout->text ("fork");
7771 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7773 uiout->text (", process ");
7774 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7778 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7779 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7782 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7786 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7788 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7791 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7795 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7797 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7798 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7801 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7803 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7805 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7809 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7811 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7814 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7818 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7820 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7823 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7827 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7828 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7829 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7831 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7833 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7836 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7840 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7843 static enum print_stop_action
7844 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7846 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7847 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7848 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7850 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7851 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7852 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7853 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7855 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7856 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7858 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7859 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7861 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7862 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7863 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7864 uiout->text ("), ");
7865 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7868 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7872 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7874 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7875 struct value_print_options opts;
7876 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7878 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7879 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7880 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7882 if (opts.addressprint)
7883 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7885 uiout->text ("vfork");
7886 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7888 uiout->text (", process ");
7889 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7893 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7894 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7897 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7901 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7903 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7906 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7910 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7913 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7916 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7918 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7920 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7921 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7922 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7924 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7926 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7928 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7929 unsigned char is_load;
7931 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7932 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7934 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7937 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7939 xfree (this->regex);
7943 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7949 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7955 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7956 const address_space *aspace,
7958 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7960 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7961 struct breakpoint *other;
7963 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7968 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7970 if (other == bl->owner)
7973 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7976 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7979 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7981 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7990 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7992 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7993 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7997 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
8000 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8006 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8009 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8015 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8018 static enum print_stop_action
8019 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8021 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8022 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8024 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8025 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8026 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8027 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8029 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8030 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8032 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8033 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8034 print_solib_event (1);
8035 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8039 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8041 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8042 struct value_print_options opts;
8043 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8045 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8046 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8047 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8049 if (opts.addressprint)
8052 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8060 msg = string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8062 msg = _("load of library");
8067 msg = string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8069 msg = _("unload of library");
8071 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8073 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8074 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8078 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8080 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8082 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8083 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8087 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8089 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8092 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8093 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8099 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8101 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8102 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8103 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8104 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8105 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8106 created in an enabled state. */
8109 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8111 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8115 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8117 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8121 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8122 _("Invalid regexp")));
8123 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8126 c->is_load = is_load;
8127 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8128 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8130 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8132 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8135 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8139 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8140 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8143 const int enabled = 1;
8145 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8147 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8151 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8152 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8154 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8158 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8159 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8161 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8164 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8165 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8166 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8167 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8170 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8171 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8172 const char *cond_string,
8173 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8175 symtab_and_line sal;
8176 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8178 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8180 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8181 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8185 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8187 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8188 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8189 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8190 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8193 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8196 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8200 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8201 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8202 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8204 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8206 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8208 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8210 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8213 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8215 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8216 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8217 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8219 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8221 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8223 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8224 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8226 char *exec_pathname;
8229 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8231 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8233 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8237 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8239 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8243 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8245 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8249 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8250 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8251 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8253 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8255 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8258 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8262 static enum print_stop_action
8263 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8265 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8266 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8267 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8269 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8270 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8271 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8272 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8274 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8275 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8277 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8278 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8280 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8281 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8282 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8283 uiout->text ("), ");
8285 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8289 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8291 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8292 struct value_print_options opts;
8293 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8295 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8297 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8298 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8299 is relatively readable). */
8300 if (opts.addressprint)
8301 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8303 uiout->text ("exec");
8304 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8306 uiout->text (", program \"");
8307 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8308 uiout->text ("\" ");
8311 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8312 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8316 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8318 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8321 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8325 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8328 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8331 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8334 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8337 struct breakpoint *b;
8338 struct bp_location *bl;
8342 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8343 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8345 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8347 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8354 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8358 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8361 struct bp_location *bl;
8363 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8366 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8368 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8370 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8376 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8377 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8378 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8379 types _not_ TYPE. */
8382 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8383 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8386 struct breakpoint *b;
8388 *other_type_used = 0;
8393 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8396 if (b->type == type)
8397 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8398 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8399 *other_type_used = 1;
8406 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8408 struct breakpoint *b;
8412 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8414 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8415 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8421 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8423 struct breakpoint *b;
8427 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8429 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8436 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8438 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8439 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8443 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8445 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8446 breakpoint_re_set ();
8449 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8452 static struct breakpoint *
8453 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8455 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8457 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8458 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8460 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8461 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8464 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8466 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8469 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8470 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8474 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8475 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8477 struct breakpoint *b;
8479 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8481 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8483 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8484 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8485 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8486 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8488 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
8490 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8492 return breakpoint_up (b);
8495 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8496 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8497 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8499 static struct breakpoint *
8500 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8502 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8505 struct breakpoint *copy;
8507 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8508 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8509 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8511 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8512 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8513 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8514 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8515 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8516 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8517 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8518 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8519 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8520 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8521 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8522 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8524 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8525 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8526 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8528 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8532 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8536 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8538 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8542 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8546 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8549 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8551 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8553 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8554 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8556 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8560 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8563 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8565 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8566 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8570 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8572 static struct bp_location *
8573 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8574 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8576 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8577 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8578 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8580 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8581 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8583 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8584 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8585 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8586 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8587 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8588 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8589 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8592 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8593 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8594 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8595 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8600 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8601 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8602 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8603 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8604 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8605 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8606 loc->section = sal->section;
8607 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8608 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8609 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8610 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8611 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8612 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8614 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8615 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8617 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8618 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8619 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8620 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8621 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8622 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8623 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8624 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8625 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8626 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8627 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8628 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8630 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8637 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8640 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8644 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8645 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8648 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8650 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8654 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8656 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8657 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8658 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8659 scoped_restore restore_memory
8660 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8662 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8663 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8669 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8670 return 0 otherwise. */
8673 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8675 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8677 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8678 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8679 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8681 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8684 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8685 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8686 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8689 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8690 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8693 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8695 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8696 char *printf_line = NULL;
8701 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8703 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8705 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8707 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8709 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8710 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8712 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8713 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8714 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8716 if (!dprintf_function)
8717 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8719 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8720 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8725 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8729 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8731 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8732 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8735 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8736 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8740 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8741 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8743 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8745 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8746 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8747 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8748 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8749 command_lines_deleter ()));
8752 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8753 current style settings. */
8756 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8757 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8759 struct breakpoint *b;
8763 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8764 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8768 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8769 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8770 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8771 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8774 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8775 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8776 event_location_up &&location,
8777 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8778 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8779 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8780 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8781 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8782 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8783 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8784 int display_canonical)
8788 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8790 int target_resources_ok;
8792 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8793 target_resources_ok =
8794 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8796 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8797 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8798 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8799 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8802 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8804 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8806 struct bp_location *loc;
8810 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8812 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8814 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8815 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8818 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8820 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8824 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8825 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8826 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8827 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8828 b->disposition = disposition;
8830 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8831 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8833 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8835 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8836 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8838 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8840 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8841 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8843 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8846 p = skip_spaces (p);
8848 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8850 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8852 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8854 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8856 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8858 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8860 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8862 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8865 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8866 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8873 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8874 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8880 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8882 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8883 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8885 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8888 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8889 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8890 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8892 if (b->extra_string)
8893 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8895 error (_("Format string required"));
8897 else if (b->extra_string)
8898 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8901 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8902 if (location != NULL)
8903 b->location = std::move (location);
8905 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8906 b->filter = filter.release ();
8910 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8911 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8912 event_location_up &&location,
8913 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8914 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8915 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8916 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8917 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8918 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8919 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8920 int display_canonical)
8922 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8924 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8925 sals, std::move (location),
8927 std::move (cond_string),
8928 std::move (extra_string),
8930 thread, task, ignore_count,
8932 enabled, internal, flags,
8935 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8938 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8939 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8940 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8941 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8942 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8943 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8944 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8945 we take just a single condition string.
8947 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8948 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8949 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8950 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8951 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8954 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8955 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8956 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8957 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8958 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8959 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8960 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8961 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8963 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8964 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8966 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8968 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8969 'break', without arguments. */
8970 event_location_up location
8971 = (canonical->location != NULL
8972 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8973 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8974 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
8976 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
8977 std::move (location),
8978 std::move (filter_string),
8979 std::move (cond_string),
8980 std::move (extra_string),
8982 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8983 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8984 canonical->special_display);
8988 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8989 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8990 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8991 linespec locations).
8993 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8994 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8997 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
8998 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9000 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9002 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9004 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9008 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9009 breakpoint address. */
9010 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9012 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9013 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9014 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9015 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9016 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9017 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9018 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9020 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9022 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9023 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9024 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9025 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9026 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9028 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9030 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9032 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9034 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9038 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9042 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9043 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9044 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9045 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9047 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9048 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9049 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9050 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9052 const char *spec = NULL;
9054 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9055 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9059 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9062 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9063 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9064 get_last_displayed_line (),
9065 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9070 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9071 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9075 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9076 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9079 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9081 for (auto &sal : sals)
9082 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9085 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9086 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9087 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9088 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9089 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9093 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9094 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9096 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9098 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9100 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9101 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9102 associated with SAL. */
9106 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9107 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9108 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9112 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9113 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9114 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9115 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9116 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9117 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9120 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9121 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9124 *cond_string = NULL;
9131 const char *end_tok;
9133 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9134 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9136 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9138 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9140 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9144 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9146 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9148 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9150 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9151 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9153 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9155 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9158 struct thread_info *thr;
9161 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9163 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9164 *thread = thr->global_num;
9167 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9172 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9174 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9175 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9176 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9181 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9185 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9189 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9191 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9192 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9194 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9197 p = skip_spaces (p);
9199 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9201 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9203 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9204 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9205 if (markers.empty ())
9206 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9207 marker_str.c_str ());
9209 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9210 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9212 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9214 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9215 sal.pc = marker.address;
9216 sals.push_back (sal);
9223 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9226 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9227 const struct event_location *location,
9228 const char *cond_string,
9229 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9231 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9233 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9234 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9235 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9238 struct linespec_result canonical;
9241 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9243 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9245 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9246 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9247 extra_string = NULL;
9251 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9253 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9255 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9257 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9259 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9262 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9263 throw_exception (e);
9265 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9267 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9268 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9269 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9270 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9271 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9274 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9275 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9276 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9277 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9281 throw_exception (e);
9285 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9288 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9289 are ok for the target. */
9292 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9293 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9296 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9297 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9299 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9300 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9303 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9304 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9308 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9309 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9316 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9318 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9319 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9320 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9321 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9323 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9324 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9325 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9326 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9330 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9331 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9332 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9334 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9336 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9337 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9339 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9342 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9343 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9344 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9346 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9347 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9348 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9352 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9354 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9355 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9358 b->cond_string = NULL;
9361 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9362 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9366 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9367 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9368 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9369 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9370 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9371 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9372 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9373 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9374 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9376 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9379 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9381 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9382 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9383 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9386 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9391 /* Set a breakpoint.
9392 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9393 condition, and thread.
9394 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9395 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9399 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9401 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9402 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9403 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9405 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9407 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9409 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9410 if (location != NULL
9411 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9412 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9414 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9416 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9418 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9419 tempflag, type_wanted,
9420 0 /* Ignore count */,
9421 pending_break_support,
9429 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9432 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9436 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9438 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9439 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9440 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9443 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9444 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9445 if (sal->explicit_line)
9446 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9449 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9451 const struct blockvector *bv;
9452 const struct block *b;
9455 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9456 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9459 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9462 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9463 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9468 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9469 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9470 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9471 happen in assembly source). */
9473 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9474 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9476 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9478 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9485 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9487 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9491 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9493 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9497 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9499 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9503 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9505 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9509 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9511 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9512 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9513 stop at <line>\n"));
9517 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9521 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9523 else if (*arg != '*')
9525 const char *argptr = arg;
9528 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9529 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9530 function/method name. */
9531 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9533 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9538 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9540 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9544 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9546 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9550 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9554 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9558 const char *argptr = arg;
9561 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9562 it is probably a line number. */
9563 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9565 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9570 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9572 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9576 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9578 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9581 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9582 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9583 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9587 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9589 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9591 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9592 the next character must be ','. */
9595 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9596 error (_("Format string required"));
9599 /* Skip the comma. */
9604 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9606 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9608 0 /* Ignore count */,
9609 pending_break_support,
9610 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9618 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9620 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9623 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9624 ranged breakpoints. */
9627 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9628 const address_space *aspace,
9630 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9632 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9633 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9636 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9637 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9640 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9641 ranged breakpoints. */
9644 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9646 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9649 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9650 ranged breakpoints. */
9652 static enum print_stop_action
9653 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9655 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9656 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9657 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9659 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9661 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9662 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9664 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9666 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9668 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9669 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9671 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9672 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9674 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9675 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9676 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9678 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9681 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9684 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9685 ranged breakpoints. */
9688 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9689 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9691 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9692 struct value_print_options opts;
9693 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9695 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9696 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9698 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9700 if (opts.addressprint)
9701 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9702 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9703 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9705 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9709 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9710 ranged breakpoints. */
9713 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9714 struct ui_out *uiout)
9716 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9717 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9722 address_start = bl->address;
9723 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9725 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9726 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9727 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9728 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9729 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9733 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9734 ranged breakpoints. */
9737 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9739 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9740 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9743 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9745 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9746 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9747 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9750 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9751 ranged breakpoints. */
9754 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9757 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9758 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9759 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9762 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9764 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9766 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9767 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9768 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9769 last instruction of the given line. */
9772 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9776 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9777 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9778 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9785 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9787 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9789 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9796 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9799 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9801 const char *arg_start;
9802 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9803 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9805 struct breakpoint *b;
9807 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9808 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9809 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9811 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9812 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9813 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9816 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9818 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9819 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9820 error(_("No address range specified."));
9823 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9825 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9828 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9829 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9830 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9832 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9834 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9835 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9836 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9838 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9839 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9841 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9842 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9844 /* Parse the end location. */
9848 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9849 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9850 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9851 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9852 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9853 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9855 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9856 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9857 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9859 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9860 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9862 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9863 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9864 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9865 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9867 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9869 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9870 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9871 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9873 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9875 /* Length overflowed. */
9876 error (_("Address range too large."));
9877 else if (length == 1)
9879 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9880 the `hbreak' command. */
9881 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9886 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9887 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9888 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9889 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9890 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9891 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9892 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9893 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9894 b->loc->length = length;
9897 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9901 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9902 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9903 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9907 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9915 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9916 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9919 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9929 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9930 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9931 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9932 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9933 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9935 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9961 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9964 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9965 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9970 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
9971 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
9972 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
9973 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9974 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9975 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9976 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9978 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9979 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9984 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9986 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9987 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9988 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9989 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9991 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9992 are always constant. */
9994 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9996 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9997 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9998 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10003 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10004 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10005 then it is not a constant. */
10014 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10016 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10018 xfree (this->exp_string);
10019 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10022 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10025 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10027 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10029 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10030 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10032 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10033 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10034 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10035 are loaded and unloaded.
10037 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10038 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10039 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10040 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10041 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10042 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10044 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10045 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10046 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10047 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10049 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10050 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10052 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10053 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10054 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10057 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10060 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10062 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10063 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10065 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10066 w->cond_exp.get ());
10069 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10072 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10074 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10075 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10077 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10078 w->cond_exp.get ());
10082 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10083 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10084 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10086 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10087 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10089 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10090 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10091 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10092 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10093 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10094 (did not match the data address). */
10095 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10096 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10103 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10105 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10107 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10110 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10111 hardware watchpoints. */
10114 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10116 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10117 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10119 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10122 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10123 hardware watchpoints. */
10126 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10128 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10129 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10132 static enum print_stop_action
10133 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10135 struct breakpoint *b;
10136 enum print_stop_action result;
10137 struct watchpoint *w;
10138 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10140 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10142 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10143 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10145 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10146 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10150 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10153 case bp_watchpoint:
10154 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10155 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10156 uiout->field_string
10157 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10159 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10160 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10161 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10162 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10163 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10164 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10165 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10166 uiout->text ("\n");
10167 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10168 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10171 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10172 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10173 uiout->field_string
10174 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10176 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10177 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10178 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10179 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10180 uiout->text ("\n");
10181 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10184 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10185 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10187 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10188 uiout->field_string
10190 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10192 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10193 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10194 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10195 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10196 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10201 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10202 uiout->field_string
10204 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10205 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10206 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10208 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10209 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10210 uiout->text ("\n");
10211 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10214 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10220 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10224 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10226 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10227 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10228 const char *tuple_name;
10232 case bp_watchpoint:
10233 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10234 tuple_name = "wpt";
10236 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10237 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10238 tuple_name = "wpt";
10240 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10241 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10242 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10244 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10245 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10246 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10249 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10250 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10253 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10254 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10255 uiout->text (": ");
10256 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10259 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10263 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10265 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10269 case bp_watchpoint:
10270 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10271 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10273 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10274 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10276 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10280 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10281 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10284 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10285 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10288 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10292 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10294 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10295 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10296 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10302 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10304 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10306 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10307 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10310 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10312 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10314 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10315 bl->watchpoint_type);
10318 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10319 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10322 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10324 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10326 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10327 bl->watchpoint_type);
10330 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10331 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10334 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10336 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10338 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10341 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10342 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10345 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10350 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10351 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10353 static enum print_stop_action
10354 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10356 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10357 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10359 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10360 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10362 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10363 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10367 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10368 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10369 uiout->field_string
10370 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10373 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10374 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10375 uiout->field_string
10376 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10379 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10380 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10381 uiout->field_string
10383 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10386 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10387 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10391 uiout->text (_("\n\
10392 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10393 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10394 uiout->text ("\n");
10396 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10397 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10400 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10401 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10404 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10405 struct ui_out *uiout)
10407 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10409 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10410 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10412 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10413 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10414 uiout->text ("\n");
10417 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10418 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10421 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10423 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10424 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10425 const char *tuple_name;
10429 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10430 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10431 tuple_name = "wpt";
10433 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10434 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10435 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10437 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10438 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10439 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10442 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10443 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10446 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10447 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10448 uiout->text (": ");
10449 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10452 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10453 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10456 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10458 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10463 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10466 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10469 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10473 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10474 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10477 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10479 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10482 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10484 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10486 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10489 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10491 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10494 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10495 hw_read: watch read,
10496 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10498 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10499 int just_location, int internal)
10501 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10502 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10503 struct value *result;
10504 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10505 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10506 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10507 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10509 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10510 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10511 enum bptype bp_type;
10514 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10515 the hardware watchpoint. */
10517 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10519 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10520 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10522 const char *value_start;
10524 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10526 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10527 of the arguments string. */
10528 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10530 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10531 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10534 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10535 This is the value of the parameter. */
10536 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10538 value_start = tok + 1;
10540 /* Skip whitespace. */
10541 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10546 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10547 This is the parameter itself. */
10548 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10551 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10553 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10555 struct thread_info *thr;
10556 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10557 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10558 only in a specific thread. */
10562 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10564 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10565 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10567 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10568 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10569 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10571 thread = thr->global_num;
10573 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10575 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10576 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10578 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10581 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10583 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10585 mark = value_mark ();
10586 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10587 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10588 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10591 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10594 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10595 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10602 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10603 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10605 innermost_block.reset ();
10606 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10607 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10608 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10610 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10611 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10613 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10616 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10617 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10621 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10622 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10624 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10627 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10628 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
10629 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10630 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10633 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10635 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10636 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10644 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10645 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10646 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10650 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10653 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10654 else if (ret == -2)
10655 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10658 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10659 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10661 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10662 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10664 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10665 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10667 innermost_block.reset ();
10668 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10669 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10671 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10672 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10673 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10678 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10680 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10682 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10684 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10686 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10687 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10688 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10689 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10690 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10692 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10694 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10696 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10697 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10700 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10701 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10702 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10704 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10707 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10709 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10710 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10712 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10713 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10715 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10716 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10717 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10718 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10719 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10720 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10721 scope_breakpoint->type);
10725 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10726 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10727 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10728 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10730 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10731 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10732 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10733 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10735 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10737 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10740 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10741 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10743 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10744 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10745 w->thread = thread;
10746 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10747 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10748 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10749 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10750 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10753 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10754 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10756 w->exp_string_reparse
10757 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10759 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10760 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10763 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10767 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10772 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10773 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10778 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10780 w->cond_string = 0;
10782 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10784 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10785 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10789 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10790 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10793 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10795 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10796 need to act on them together. */
10797 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10798 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10801 if (!just_location)
10802 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10804 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10805 that should be inserted. */
10806 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10808 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10811 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10812 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10815 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10817 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10819 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10820 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10823 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10824 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10826 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10827 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10828 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10829 hardware watchpoint.
10831 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10832 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10833 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10834 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10835 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10836 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10837 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10838 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10839 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10841 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10842 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10843 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10844 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10845 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10847 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10849 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10851 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10852 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10853 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10854 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10855 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10856 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10860 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10861 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10862 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10864 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10865 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10866 middle of some value chain. */
10868 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10869 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10871 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10875 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10876 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10877 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10879 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10883 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10887 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10888 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10889 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10890 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10891 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10894 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10895 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10896 return found_memory_cnt;
10900 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10902 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10905 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10906 calls watch_command_1. */
10909 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10911 int just_location = 0;
10914 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10915 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10917 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10921 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10925 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10927 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10931 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10933 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10937 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10939 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10943 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10945 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10949 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10951 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10955 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10956 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10959 struct until_break_fsm : public thread_fsm
10961 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10964 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10965 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
10967 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10969 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
10971 until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
10972 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
10973 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
10974 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp),
10976 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint)),
10977 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint))
10981 void clean_up (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10982 bool should_stop (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10983 enum async_reply_reason do_async_reply_reason () override;
10986 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10987 until(location)/advance commands. */
10990 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info *tp)
10992 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10993 location_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL
10994 || (caller_breakpoint != NULL
10995 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10996 caller_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL))
11002 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11003 until(location)/advance commands. */
11006 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info *)
11008 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11009 location_breakpoint.reset ();
11010 caller_breakpoint.reset ();
11011 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread);
11014 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11015 until(location)/advance commands. */
11017 enum async_reply_reason
11018 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11020 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11024 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11026 struct frame_info *frame;
11027 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11028 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11029 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11031 struct thread_info *tp;
11033 clear_proceed_status (0);
11035 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11038 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11040 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11041 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11042 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11043 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11044 get_last_displayed_line ())
11045 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11046 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11048 if (sals.size () != 1)
11049 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11051 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11054 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11056 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11058 tp = inferior_thread ();
11059 thread = tp->global_num;
11061 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11062 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11063 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11066 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11067 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11068 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11069 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11071 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11074 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11076 gdb::optional<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup> lj_deleter;
11078 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11080 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11081 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11083 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11084 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11085 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11086 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11091 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11092 lj_deleter.emplace (thread);
11095 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11098 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11100 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11101 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11102 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11103 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11105 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11106 only at the very same frame. */
11107 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11108 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11110 tp->thread_fsm = new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11111 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11112 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11115 lj_deleter->release ();
11117 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11120 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11121 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11123 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11124 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11125 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11126 if clause in the arg string. */
11129 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11131 const char *cond_string;
11133 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11136 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11139 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11140 condition string. */
11141 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11142 cond_string = *arg;
11144 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11146 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11148 return cond_string;
11151 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11152 process start/exit, etc. */
11156 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11157 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11162 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11163 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11165 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11166 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11167 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11170 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11171 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11172 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11176 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11178 /* The allowed syntax is:
11180 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11182 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11183 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11185 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11186 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11188 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11189 and enable reporting of such events. */
11192 case catch_fork_temporary:
11193 case catch_fork_permanent:
11194 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11195 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11197 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11198 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11199 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11200 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11203 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11209 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11210 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11212 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11214 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11216 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11220 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11222 /* The allowed syntax is:
11224 catch exec if <cond>
11226 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11227 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11229 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11230 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11232 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11233 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11234 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11235 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11237 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11241 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11242 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11243 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11244 const char *addr_string,
11245 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11252 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11254 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11256 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11257 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11258 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11259 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11260 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11261 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11262 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11263 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11264 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11265 enough for now, though. */
11268 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11270 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11271 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11272 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11273 language_def (language_ada));
11274 b->language = language_ada;
11278 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11280 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11285 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11287 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11290 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11293 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11295 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11296 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11298 if (a->number < b->number)
11300 else if (a->number > b->number)
11303 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11307 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11310 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11313 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11315 struct breakpoint *b;
11318 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11319 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11320 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11324 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11325 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11326 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11328 sals = decoded_sals;
11332 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11333 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11334 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11335 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11336 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11337 error (_("No source file specified."));
11343 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11344 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11345 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11346 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11348 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11349 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11350 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11351 due to optimization, all in one block.
11353 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11354 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11355 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11356 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11357 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11358 to support that. */
11360 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11361 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11362 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11365 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11366 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11368 const char *sal_fullname;
11370 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11371 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11372 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11375 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11380 1 0 <can't happen> */
11382 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11383 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11385 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11389 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11390 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11392 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11393 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11395 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11396 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11397 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11399 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11400 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11401 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11402 || loc->section == sal.section));
11403 int line_match = 0;
11405 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11406 && loc->symtab != NULL
11407 && sal_fullname != NULL
11408 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11409 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11410 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11411 sal_fullname) == 0)
11414 if (pc_match || line_match)
11423 found.push_back (b);
11427 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11428 if (found.empty ())
11431 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11433 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11436 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11437 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11438 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11440 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) < 0;
11442 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11443 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11445 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) == 0;
11449 if (found.size () > 1)
11450 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11453 if (found.size () == 1)
11454 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11456 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11459 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11462 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11463 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11466 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11469 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11470 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11471 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11474 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11476 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11478 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11479 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11480 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11482 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11486 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11487 delete_breakpoint (b);
11491 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11492 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11493 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11494 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11495 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11496 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11499 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11501 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11502 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11504 if (a->address != b->address)
11505 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11507 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11508 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11511 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11512 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11513 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11515 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11516 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11517 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11519 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11520 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11521 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11523 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11524 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11525 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11527 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11530 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11531 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11532 content of the bp_locations array. */
11535 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11537 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11539 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11540 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11544 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11546 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11549 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11550 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11552 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11553 addr = bl->address - start;
11554 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11555 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11557 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11559 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11560 addr = end - bl->address;
11561 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11562 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11566 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11569 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11571 struct breakpoint *b;
11572 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11574 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11576 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11578 struct bp_location *bl;
11579 struct tracepoint *t;
11580 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11582 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11583 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11584 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11587 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11589 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11590 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11592 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11595 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11598 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11600 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11601 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11602 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11603 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11606 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11608 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11611 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11613 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11614 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11615 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11616 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11620 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11623 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11625 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11626 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11627 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11628 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11630 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11631 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11632 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11633 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11634 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11636 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11637 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11638 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11639 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11640 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11641 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11642 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11643 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11646 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11647 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11648 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11652 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11654 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11655 struct bp_location *loc;
11656 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11659 address = bl->address;
11660 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11662 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11663 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11664 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11666 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11667 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11670 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11671 the same program space as the location
11672 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11673 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11674 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11678 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11679 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11682 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11683 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11684 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11685 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11686 that have already been marked. */
11687 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11689 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11691 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11694 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11695 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11696 locations are duplicate of which.
11698 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11699 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11703 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11705 struct breakpoint *b;
11706 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11707 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11708 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11709 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11710 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11712 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11713 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11714 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11715 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11716 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11718 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11719 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11720 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11721 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11723 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11724 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11725 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11726 unsigned old_locations_count;
11727 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11729 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11730 bp_locations = NULL;
11731 bp_locations_count = 0;
11733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11734 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11735 bp_locations_count++;
11737 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11738 locp = bp_locations;
11739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11740 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11742 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11743 bp_locations_compare);
11745 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11747 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11748 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11749 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11750 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11751 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11754 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11755 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11757 locp = bp_locations;
11758 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11759 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11762 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11763 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11765 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11766 not, we have to free it. */
11767 int found_object = 0;
11768 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11769 int keep_in_target = 0;
11772 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11773 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11774 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11775 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11779 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11780 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11783 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11784 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11785 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11787 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11788 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11789 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11791 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11792 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11795 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11799 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11800 have to go through updates again. */
11801 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11803 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11805 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11807 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11808 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11809 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11810 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11811 at certain location is not inserted. */
11813 if (old_loc->inserted)
11815 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11818 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11820 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11821 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11822 keep_in_target = 1;
11826 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11827 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11828 remove its target-side condition. */
11830 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11831 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11832 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11833 this one from the target. */
11835 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11836 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11839 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11840 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11843 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11845 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11847 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11848 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11849 supported, but the latter are. */
11850 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11852 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11853 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11856 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11857 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11859 if (loc2 != old_loc
11860 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11862 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11863 keep_in_target = 1;
11871 if (!keep_in_target)
11873 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11875 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11876 this location on the global list, and try to
11877 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11878 reason why we will succeed next time.
11880 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11881 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11882 only after calling us. */
11883 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11884 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11885 old_loc->owner->number);
11893 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11894 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11896 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11897 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11898 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11899 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11900 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11901 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11902 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11903 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11904 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11905 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11906 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11907 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11908 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11909 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11912 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11913 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11915 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11916 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11917 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11918 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11919 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11920 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11921 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11922 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11923 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11924 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11925 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11926 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11927 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11930 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11931 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11932 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11933 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11935 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11936 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11937 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11938 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11939 traps we can no longer explain. */
11941 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11942 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11944 moribund_locations.push_back (old_loc);
11948 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11949 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11954 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11955 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11956 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11957 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11958 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11959 are sorted first for the same address.
11961 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11962 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11964 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11965 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11966 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11967 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11970 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11972 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11975 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
11976 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
11977 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11978 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11979 `struct bp_location'. */
11980 || is_tracepoint (b))
11982 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11983 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11987 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11988 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11989 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11990 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11991 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11992 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11994 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11996 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11997 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11998 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12000 *loc_first_p = loc;
12001 loc->duplicate = 0;
12003 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12005 loc->needs_update = 1;
12006 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12007 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12013 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12014 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12015 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12017 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12018 loc->duplicate = 1;
12020 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12021 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12024 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12026 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12027 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12030 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12031 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12032 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12033 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12034 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12036 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12040 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12041 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12045 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12047 for (int ix = 0; ix < moribund_locations.size (); ++ix)
12049 struct bp_location *loc = moribund_locations[ix];
12050 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12052 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12053 unordered_remove (moribund_locations, ix);
12060 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12065 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12067 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12073 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12076 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12080 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12081 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12083 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12084 bs->old_val = NULL;
12085 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12089 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12091 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12093 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12095 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12099 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12103 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12105 struct value_print_options opts;
12107 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12109 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12111 if (b->loc == NULL)
12113 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12114 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12115 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12116 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12118 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12119 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12121 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12123 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12124 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12129 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12130 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12136 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12138 printf_filtered (" at ");
12139 fputs_styled (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12140 address_style.style (),
12143 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12145 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12147 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12149 puts_filtered (": file ");
12150 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12151 file_name_style.style (),
12153 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12154 b->loc->line_number);
12157 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12158 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12159 real situation somewhat. */
12160 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12161 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12166 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12168 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12170 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12175 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12177 xfree (function_name);
12180 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12182 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12184 xfree (this->cond_string);
12185 xfree (this->extra_string);
12186 xfree (this->filter);
12189 static struct bp_location *
12190 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12192 return new bp_location (self);
12196 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12198 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12201 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12202 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12205 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12207 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12211 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12212 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12214 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12218 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12219 const address_space *aspace,
12221 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12223 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12227 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12232 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12236 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12238 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12241 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12245 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12247 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12250 static enum print_stop_action
12251 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12253 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12257 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12258 struct ui_out *uiout)
12264 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12266 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12270 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12272 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12276 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12277 (const struct event_location *location,
12278 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12279 enum bptype type_wanted)
12281 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12285 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12286 struct linespec_result *c,
12287 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12288 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12289 enum bptype type_wanted,
12290 enum bpdisp disposition,
12292 int task, int ignore_count,
12293 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12294 int from_tty, int enabled,
12295 int internal, unsigned flags)
12297 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12300 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12301 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12302 const struct event_location *location,
12303 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12305 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12308 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12311 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12316 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12319 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12321 /* Nothing to do. */
12324 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12326 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12327 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12328 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12329 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12330 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12331 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12332 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12333 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12334 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12336 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12337 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12338 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12339 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12340 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12341 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12342 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12343 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12346 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12349 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12351 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12352 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12354 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12355 delete_breakpoint (b);
12359 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12363 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12365 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12367 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12368 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12370 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12371 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12373 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12377 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12379 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12380 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12382 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12386 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12387 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12388 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12390 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12391 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12394 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12398 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12399 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12400 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12407 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12408 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12409 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12411 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12412 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12414 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12415 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12416 be set at the same address. */
12420 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12424 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12426 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12431 static enum print_stop_action
12432 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12434 struct breakpoint *b;
12435 const struct bp_location *bl;
12437 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12439 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12441 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12442 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12444 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12445 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12446 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12449 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12450 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12453 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12455 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12456 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12458 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12459 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12460 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12462 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12463 uiout->text (", ");
12465 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12469 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12471 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12476 case bp_breakpoint:
12477 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12478 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12479 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12481 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12482 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12483 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12484 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12486 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12487 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12490 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12498 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12500 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12502 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12504 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12505 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12507 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12510 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12511 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12514 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12516 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12517 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12518 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12521 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12525 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12526 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12527 enum bptype type_wanted)
12529 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12533 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12534 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12535 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12536 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12537 enum bptype type_wanted,
12538 enum bpdisp disposition,
12540 int task, int ignore_count,
12541 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12542 int from_tty, int enabled,
12543 int internal, unsigned flags)
12545 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12546 std::move (cond_string),
12547 std::move (extra_string),
12549 disposition, thread, task,
12550 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12551 enabled, internal, flags);
12554 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12555 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12556 const struct event_location *location,
12557 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12559 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12562 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12565 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12569 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12570 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12571 case bp_overlay_event:
12572 case bp_longjmp_master:
12573 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12574 case bp_exception_master:
12575 delete_breakpoint (b);
12578 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12579 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12580 case bp_shlib_event:
12582 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12583 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12584 case bp_thread_event:
12590 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12592 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12594 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12595 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12596 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12597 objects (among other things). */
12598 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12599 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12605 static enum print_stop_action
12606 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12608 struct breakpoint *b;
12610 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12614 case bp_shlib_event:
12615 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12616 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12617 to shlib event" message.) */
12618 print_solib_event (0);
12621 case bp_thread_event:
12622 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12623 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12624 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12627 case bp_overlay_event:
12628 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12629 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12632 case bp_longjmp_master:
12633 /* These should never be enabled. */
12634 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12637 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12638 /* These should never be enabled. */
12639 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12640 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12643 case bp_exception_master:
12644 /* These should never be enabled. */
12645 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12646 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12650 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12654 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12656 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12659 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12662 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12664 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12665 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12666 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12667 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12671 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12673 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12676 static enum print_stop_action
12677 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12679 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12683 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12685 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12688 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12690 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12691 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12693 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12695 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12698 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12701 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12704 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12706 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12710 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12712 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12719 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12720 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12722 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12723 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12725 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12729 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12730 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12731 enum bptype type_wanted)
12733 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12735 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12737 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12738 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12741 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12742 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12743 const struct event_location *location,
12744 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12746 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12748 error (_("probe not found"));
12752 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12755 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12757 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12761 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12762 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12763 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12765 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12771 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12772 struct ui_out *uiout)
12774 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12775 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12777 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12779 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12780 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12781 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12782 uiout->text ("\n");
12787 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12789 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12794 case bp_tracepoint:
12795 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12796 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12798 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12799 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12800 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12802 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12803 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12804 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12807 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12808 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12815 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12817 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12819 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12821 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12823 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12826 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12827 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12830 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12831 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12833 if (tp->pass_count)
12834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12838 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12839 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12840 enum bptype type_wanted)
12842 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12846 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12847 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12848 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12849 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12850 enum bptype type_wanted,
12851 enum bpdisp disposition,
12853 int task, int ignore_count,
12854 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12855 int from_tty, int enabled,
12856 int internal, unsigned flags)
12858 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12859 std::move (cond_string),
12860 std::move (extra_string),
12862 disposition, thread, task,
12863 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12864 enabled, internal, flags);
12867 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12868 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12869 const struct event_location *location,
12870 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12872 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12875 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12877 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12881 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12882 (const struct event_location *location,
12883 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12884 enum bptype type_wanted)
12886 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12887 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12890 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12891 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12892 const struct event_location *location,
12893 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12895 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12896 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12899 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12901 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12904 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12906 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12908 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12909 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12911 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12912 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12913 3 - disconnect from target 1
12914 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12916 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12917 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12918 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12919 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12920 it all the time. */
12921 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
12922 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
12925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12928 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
12931 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
12933 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12936 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12939 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12940 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12941 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12942 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12943 address are all handled. */
12946 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12948 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
12949 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
12951 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12952 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12953 condition not be evaluated. */
12956 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12957 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12958 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12959 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12960 commands here throws. */
12961 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
12962 bs->commands = NULL;
12964 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
12966 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12967 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12971 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12975 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12976 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12977 enum bptype type_wanted)
12979 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12980 const char *arg_start, *arg;
12982 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12983 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
12985 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
12986 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
12987 canonical->location
12988 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
12991 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12992 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12996 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12997 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12998 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12999 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13000 enum bptype type_wanted,
13001 enum bpdisp disposition,
13003 int task, int ignore_count,
13004 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13005 int from_tty, int enabled,
13006 int internal, unsigned flags)
13008 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13010 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13011 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13012 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13013 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13014 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13015 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13017 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13019 event_location_up location
13020 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13022 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13023 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13024 std::move (location), NULL,
13025 std::move (cond_string),
13026 std::move (extra_string),
13027 type_wanted, disposition,
13028 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13029 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13030 canonical->special_display);
13031 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13032 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13033 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13034 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13035 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13036 corresponds to this one */
13037 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13039 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13043 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13044 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13045 const struct event_location *location,
13046 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13048 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13049 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13051 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13052 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13054 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13059 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13062 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13065 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13067 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13070 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13074 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13076 struct breakpoint *b;
13078 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13080 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13081 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13084 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13085 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13086 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13087 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13088 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13091 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13092 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13093 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13094 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13096 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13099 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13100 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13101 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13103 struct breakpoint *related;
13104 struct watchpoint *w;
13106 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13107 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13108 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13109 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13113 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13115 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13116 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13117 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13118 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13119 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13122 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13123 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13124 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13125 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13127 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13129 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13130 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13133 if (b->next == bpt)
13135 b->next = bpt->next;
13139 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13141 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13142 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13143 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13144 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13145 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13146 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13147 commands won't work. */
13149 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13151 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13152 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13153 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13154 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13155 might be better design to have location completely
13156 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13157 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13159 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13160 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13161 bpt->type = bp_none;
13165 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13166 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13169 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13170 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13172 struct breakpoint *related;
13177 struct breakpoint *next;
13179 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13180 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13182 if (next == related)
13184 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13185 function (related);
13187 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13188 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13193 function (related);
13197 while (related != b);
13201 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13203 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13209 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13211 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13212 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13213 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13215 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13217 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13221 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13223 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13226 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13227 delete_breakpoint (b);
13231 map_breakpoint_numbers
13232 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
13234 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
13238 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13239 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13243 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13245 struct bp_location *loc;
13247 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13248 if ((pspace == NULL
13249 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13250 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13251 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13256 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13257 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13258 Null names are ignored. */
13261 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13263 struct bp_location *l;
13264 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13267 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13270 const char *name = l->function_name;
13272 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13276 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13278 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13282 htab_delete (htab);
13288 htab_delete (htab);
13292 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13293 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13294 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13295 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13296 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13297 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13298 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13299 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13302 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13303 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13304 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13305 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13306 in the sources, and output a warning.
13308 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13309 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13310 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13311 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13312 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13315 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13316 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13317 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13318 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13319 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13320 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13321 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13322 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13323 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13325 static struct symtab_and_line
13326 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13328 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13329 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13334 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13336 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13338 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13339 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13340 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13341 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13343 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13348 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13350 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13352 && sal.symtab != NULL
13353 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13355 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13356 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13357 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13359 if (!markers.empty ())
13361 struct symbol *sym;
13362 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13363 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13364 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13366 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13368 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13370 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13371 "found at previous line number"),
13372 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13374 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13375 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13376 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13379 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
13380 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
13381 uiout->text (" at ");
13383 uiout->field_string ("file",
13384 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13385 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13388 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13390 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13392 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13395 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13396 uiout->text ("\n");
13398 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13399 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13401 b->location.reset (NULL);
13402 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13403 explicit_loc.source_filename
13404 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13405 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13406 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13407 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13409 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13416 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13417 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13420 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13424 if (a->address != b->address)
13427 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13430 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13437 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13443 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13444 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13445 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13447 static struct bp_location *
13448 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13450 struct bp_location head;
13451 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13452 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13453 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13455 if (pspace == NULL)
13466 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13481 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13482 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13483 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13484 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13488 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13489 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13490 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13491 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13493 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13495 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13497 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13499 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13500 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13501 "multiple locations found\n"),
13506 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13507 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13508 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13509 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13510 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13511 individual locations. */
13512 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13515 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13517 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13519 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13521 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13523 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13525 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13527 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13531 s = b->cond_string;
13534 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13535 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13538 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13540 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13541 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13542 b->number, e.message);
13543 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13548 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13550 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13552 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13556 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13559 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13560 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13561 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13562 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13563 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13564 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13565 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13567 for (; e; e = e->next)
13569 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13571 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13572 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13574 for (; l; l = l->next)
13575 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13583 for (; l; l = l->next)
13584 if (l->function_name
13585 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13595 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13596 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13599 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13600 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13602 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13603 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13604 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13606 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13608 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13610 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13614 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13616 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13618 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13622 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13623 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13624 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13625 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13626 state, then user already saw the message about that
13627 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13629 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13630 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13632 && search_pspace != NULL
13633 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13634 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13635 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13636 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13637 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13639 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13641 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13642 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13643 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13644 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13645 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13646 which approach is better. */
13647 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13648 throw_exception (e);
13653 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13655 for (auto &sal : sals)
13656 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13657 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13659 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13662 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13663 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13665 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13667 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13668 b->thread = thread;
13672 xfree (b->extra_string);
13673 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13675 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13678 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13679 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13689 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13690 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13694 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13696 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13697 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13700 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13701 filter_pspace, &found);
13703 expanded = std::move (sals);
13705 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13707 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13708 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13709 filter_pspace, &found);
13711 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13714 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13717 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13718 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13721 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13722 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13723 enum bptype type_wanted)
13725 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13728 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13729 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13733 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13734 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13735 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13736 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13737 enum bptype type_wanted,
13738 enum bpdisp disposition,
13740 int task, int ignore_count,
13741 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13742 int from_tty, int enabled,
13743 int internal, unsigned flags)
13745 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13746 std::move (cond_string),
13747 std::move (extra_string),
13748 type_wanted, disposition,
13749 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13750 enabled, internal, flags);
13753 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13754 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13756 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13757 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13758 const struct event_location *location,
13759 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13761 struct linespec_result canonical;
13763 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13764 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13765 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13768 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13769 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13771 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13773 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13774 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13779 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13782 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13784 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13785 set_language (b->language);
13787 b->ops->re_set (b);
13790 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13791 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13794 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13796 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13799 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13800 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13801 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13803 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13804 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13805 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13806 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13807 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13808 we select the current frame.
13810 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13811 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13812 have been reset. */
13813 scoped_restore save_language_mode = make_scoped_restore (&language_mode);
13814 language_mode = language_mode_manual;
13816 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13817 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13818 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13819 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13825 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13827 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13829 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13830 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13836 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13839 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13840 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13841 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13842 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13844 /* Now we can insert. */
13845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13848 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13850 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13851 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13853 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13855 if (b->thread != -1)
13857 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
13859 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13860 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13861 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13863 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13867 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13868 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13869 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13872 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13874 struct breakpoint *b;
13879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13880 if (b->number == bptnum)
13882 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13884 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13885 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13890 b->ignore_count = count;
13894 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13895 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13897 else if (count == 1)
13898 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13901 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13902 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13905 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13909 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13912 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13915 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13917 const char *p = args;
13921 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13923 num = get_number (&p);
13925 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13927 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13929 set_ignore_count (num,
13930 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13933 printf_filtered ("\n");
13937 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13938 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13941 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
13942 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13944 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
13946 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13947 bp_num_range.first);
13951 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13953 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
13955 bool match = false;
13957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13958 if (b->number == i)
13965 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
13970 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13974 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
13975 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13977 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13978 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13980 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
13982 while (!parser.finished ())
13984 int num = parser.get_number ();
13985 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
13989 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13990 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13992 static struct bp_location *
13993 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
13995 struct breakpoint *b;
13997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13998 if (b->number == bp_num)
14003 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14004 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14007 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14010 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14011 if (++n == loc_num)
14014 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14017 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14018 enum class extract_bp_kind
14020 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14023 /* Extracting a location number. */
14027 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14028 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14029 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14030 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14031 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14034 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14035 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14037 const char *end = start;
14038 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14040 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14041 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14042 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14043 int (end - start), start);
14045 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14046 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14047 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14048 int (end - start), start);
14050 if (end_out != NULL)
14055 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14056 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14057 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14058 are always positive integers. */
14060 static std::pair<int, int>
14061 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14062 const std::string &arg,
14063 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14065 std::pair<int, int> range;
14066 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14067 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14068 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14070 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14071 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14072 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14073 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14074 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14078 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14079 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14080 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14081 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14083 if (range.first > range.second)
14084 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14085 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14086 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14087 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14091 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14092 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14093 range.second = range.first;
14098 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14099 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14102 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14104 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14105 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14106 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14107 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14108 location number range.
14112 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14113 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14114 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14116 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14118 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14120 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14122 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14123 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14126 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14127 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14129 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14134 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14136 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14137 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14138 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14142 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14143 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14146 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14148 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14151 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14153 loc->enabled = enable;
14154 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14156 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14157 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14158 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14159 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14161 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (loc->owner);
14166 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14167 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14168 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14169 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14173 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14174 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14177 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14178 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14181 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14182 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14183 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14186 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14188 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14189 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14190 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14191 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14194 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14196 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14197 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14199 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14200 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14202 struct bp_location *location;
14204 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14205 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14208 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14210 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14213 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14214 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14215 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14216 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14219 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14223 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14226 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14229 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14231 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14236 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14238 while (!num.empty ())
14240 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14242 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14244 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14245 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14247 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14248 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14250 ? enable_breakpoint
14251 : disable_breakpoint);
14255 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14257 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14258 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14260 num = extract_arg (&args);
14265 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14266 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14267 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14268 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14271 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14273 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14277 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14280 int target_resources_ok;
14282 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14285 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14286 target_resources_ok =
14287 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14289 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14290 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14291 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14292 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14295 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14297 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14298 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14302 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14304 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14305 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14306 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14308 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14310 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14311 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14318 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14320 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14321 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14323 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14324 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14326 struct bp_location *location;
14328 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14329 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14332 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14333 bpt->enable_count = count;
14334 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14336 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14341 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14343 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14346 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14347 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14348 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14349 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14352 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14354 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14358 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14360 map_breakpoint_numbers
14361 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14363 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14364 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14366 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14372 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14377 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14379 count = get_number (&args);
14381 map_breakpoint_numbers
14382 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14384 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14385 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14387 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14393 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14395 map_breakpoint_numbers
14396 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14398 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14399 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14401 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14407 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14412 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14416 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14417 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14421 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14422 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14423 const bfd_byte *data)
14425 struct breakpoint *bp;
14427 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14428 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14429 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14431 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14433 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14435 struct bp_location *loc;
14437 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14438 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14439 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14440 && addr + len > loc->address)
14449 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14452 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14453 const address_space *aspace,
14456 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14457 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14458 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14460 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14462 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14463 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14466 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14468 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14469 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14470 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14472 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14475 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14478 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14480 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14481 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14483 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14485 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14487 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14488 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14490 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14491 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14499 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14502 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14503 const address_space *aspace,
14506 struct bp_location *loc;
14508 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14510 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14516 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14520 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14523 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14527 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14528 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14534 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14536 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14538 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14540 tracepoint_count = num;
14541 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14545 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14547 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14549 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14551 if (location != NULL
14552 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14553 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14555 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14557 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14559 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14561 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14562 0 /* Ignore count */,
14563 pending_break_support,
14567 0 /* internal */, 0);
14571 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14573 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14575 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14577 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14579 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14580 0 /* Ignore count */,
14581 pending_break_support,
14582 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14585 0 /* internal */, 0);
14588 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14591 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14593 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14594 event_location_up location;
14596 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14597 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14598 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14600 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14601 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14605 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14606 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14609 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14611 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14613 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14614 0 /* Ignore count */,
14615 pending_break_support,
14619 0 /* internal */, 0);
14622 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14623 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14625 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14626 static int next_cmd;
14629 read_uploaded_action (void)
14631 char *rslt = nullptr;
14633 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14635 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd].get ();
14642 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14643 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14644 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14645 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14646 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14648 struct tracepoint *
14649 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14651 const char *addr_str;
14652 char small_buf[100];
14653 struct tracepoint *tp;
14655 if (utp->at_string)
14656 addr_str = utp->at_string.get ();
14659 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14660 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14661 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14663 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14664 "source location, using raw address"),
14666 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14667 addr_str = small_buf;
14670 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14671 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14672 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14673 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14676 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14678 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14680 utp->cond_string.get (), -1, addr_str,
14681 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14683 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14684 0 /* Ignore count */,
14685 pending_break_support,
14686 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14688 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14690 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14693 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14694 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14695 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14699 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14702 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14705 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14706 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14707 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14709 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14711 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14716 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14718 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14720 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14721 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14722 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14723 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14726 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14727 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14728 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14733 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14737 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14739 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14742 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14744 if (num_printed == 0)
14746 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14747 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14749 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14752 default_collect_info ();
14755 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14756 Not supported by all targets. */
14758 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14760 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14763 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14764 Not supported by all targets. */
14766 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14768 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14771 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14773 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14775 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14781 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14783 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14784 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14785 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14787 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14788 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14790 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14794 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14796 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14799 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14800 delete_breakpoint (b);
14804 map_breakpoint_numbers
14805 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
14807 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
14811 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14814 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14816 tp->pass_count = count;
14817 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14819 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14820 tp->number, count);
14823 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14825 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14826 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14827 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14830 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14832 struct tracepoint *t1;
14835 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14836 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14837 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14839 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14841 args = skip_spaces (args);
14842 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14844 struct breakpoint *b;
14846 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14850 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14852 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14853 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14856 else if (*args == '\0')
14858 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14860 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14864 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14865 while (!parser.finished ())
14867 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14869 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14874 struct tracepoint *
14875 get_tracepoint (int num)
14877 struct breakpoint *t;
14879 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14880 if (t->number == num)
14881 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14886 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14887 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14890 struct tracepoint *
14891 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14893 struct breakpoint *b;
14895 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14897 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14899 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14906 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14907 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14908 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14909 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14911 struct tracepoint *
14912 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14913 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14915 struct breakpoint *t;
14917 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14919 if (parser != NULL)
14921 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14922 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14924 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14925 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14927 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14931 if (instring && *instring)
14932 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14935 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14939 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14940 if (t->number == tpnum)
14942 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14945 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14950 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14952 if (b->thread != -1)
14953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14961 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14962 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14963 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14967 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
14968 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14970 struct breakpoint *tp;
14972 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14974 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14975 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14977 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14980 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14981 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14984 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14985 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14990 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14992 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14994 /* We can stop searching. */
15001 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15005 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15009 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15010 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15011 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15013 if (extra_trace_bits)
15014 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15018 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15019 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15022 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15023 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15026 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15028 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15029 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15032 if (tp->cond_string)
15033 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15035 if (tp->ignore_count)
15036 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15038 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15040 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15042 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15045 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15047 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15049 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15050 throw_exception (ex);
15054 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15055 fp.puts (" end\n");
15058 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15059 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15061 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15062 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15063 special, and not user visible. */
15064 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15066 struct bp_location *loc;
15069 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15071 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15075 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15076 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15079 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15082 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15085 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15087 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15090 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15093 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15095 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15098 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15100 std::vector<breakpoint *>
15101 all_tracepoints (void)
15103 std::vector<breakpoint *> tp_vec;
15104 struct breakpoint *tp;
15106 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15108 tp_vec.push_back (tp);
15115 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15116 locations used by several commands. */
15118 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15119 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15120 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15121 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15122 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15123 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15125 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15126 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15127 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15129 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15130 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15131 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15132 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15133 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15135 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15136 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15137 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15138 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15139 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15140 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15142 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15143 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15144 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15147 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15148 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15149 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15150 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15151 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15152 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15153 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15156 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15157 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15159 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15160 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15161 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15162 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15163 conditions are different.\n\
15165 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15167 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15168 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15170 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15171 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15174 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15175 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15176 completer_ftype *completer,
15177 void *user_data_catch,
15178 void *user_data_tcatch)
15180 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15182 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15184 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15185 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15186 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15188 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15190 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15191 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15192 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15196 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15198 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15199 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15200 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15203 struct breakpoint *
15204 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15207 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15209 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15211 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15218 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15219 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15222 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15224 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15225 non-inline function. */
15226 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15232 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15233 have been inlined. */
15236 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15237 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15239 struct breakpoint *b;
15240 struct bp_location *bl;
15242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15244 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15247 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15249 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15250 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15258 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15261 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15263 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15266 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15267 loc->symtab = NULL;
15271 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15273 static int initialized = 0;
15275 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15282 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15283 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15284 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15285 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15286 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15287 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15288 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15289 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15290 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15291 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15292 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15295 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15296 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15297 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15298 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15299 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15300 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15301 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15303 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15304 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15305 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15306 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15307 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15308 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15309 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15310 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15311 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15312 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15314 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15315 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15316 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15317 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15318 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15319 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15320 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15322 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15323 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15324 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15325 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15326 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15327 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15328 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15330 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15331 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15332 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15333 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15334 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15335 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15336 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15339 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15340 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15341 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15342 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15343 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15344 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15345 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15346 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15347 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15348 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15349 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15350 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15351 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15353 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15354 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15355 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15356 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15357 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15358 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15359 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15360 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15361 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15362 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15363 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15366 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15367 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15368 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15369 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15370 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15371 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15372 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15373 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15374 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15375 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15377 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15378 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15379 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15380 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15381 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15383 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15384 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15385 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15386 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15387 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15388 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15390 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15391 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15392 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15393 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15394 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15395 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15396 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15397 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15398 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15399 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15401 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15402 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15403 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15404 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15405 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15406 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15407 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15408 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15409 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15410 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15412 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15413 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15414 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15415 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15416 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15417 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15418 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15419 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15420 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15421 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15423 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15424 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15425 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15426 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15427 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15428 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15429 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15430 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15431 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15432 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15433 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15435 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15436 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15437 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15438 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15439 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15440 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15441 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15442 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15443 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15446 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15448 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15452 cmd_list_element *commands_cmd_element = nullptr;
15455 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15457 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15459 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15461 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15462 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15463 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15465 breakpoint_objfile_key
15466 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15468 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15469 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15470 before a breakpoint is set. */
15471 breakpoint_count = 0;
15473 tracepoint_count = 0;
15475 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15476 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15477 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15479 commands_cmd_element = add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint,
15480 commands_command, _("\
15481 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15482 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15483 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15485 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15486 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15487 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15488 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15489 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15491 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15492 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15493 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15494 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15495 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15497 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15498 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15499 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15500 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15501 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15503 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15504 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15506 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15507 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15508 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15509 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15511 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15512 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15514 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15515 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15516 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15517 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15519 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15520 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15522 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15523 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15524 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15525 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15526 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15527 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15528 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15530 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15532 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15533 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15534 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15535 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15536 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15537 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15539 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15540 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15541 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15544 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15545 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15546 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15549 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15550 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15551 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15552 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15555 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15556 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15557 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15560 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15561 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15562 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15565 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15566 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15567 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15568 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15571 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15572 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15573 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15574 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15575 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15576 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15577 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15578 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15580 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15581 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15582 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15583 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15584 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15585 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15588 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15589 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15590 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15591 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15593 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15594 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15595 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15596 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15597 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15599 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15600 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15601 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15602 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15603 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15606 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15607 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15608 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15610 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15611 is executing in.\n"
15612 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15613 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15614 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15616 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15617 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15618 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15619 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15621 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15622 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15623 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15624 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15628 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15629 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15630 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15631 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15632 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15633 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15634 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15635 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15636 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15637 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15638 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15639 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15640 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15641 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15642 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15643 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15645 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15646 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15647 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15648 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15649 breakpoint set."));
15652 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15653 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15654 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15655 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15656 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15657 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15658 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15659 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15660 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15662 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15663 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15664 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15665 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15666 breakpoint set."));
15668 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15670 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15671 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15672 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15673 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15674 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15675 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15676 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15677 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15678 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15679 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15680 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15681 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15682 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15684 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15685 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15686 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15687 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15689 &maintenanceinfolist);
15691 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15692 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15693 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15694 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15696 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15697 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15698 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15699 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15701 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15702 catch_fork_command_1,
15704 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15705 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15706 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15707 catch_fork_command_1,
15709 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15710 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15711 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15712 catch_exec_command_1,
15716 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15717 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15718 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15719 catch_load_command_1,
15723 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15724 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15725 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15726 catch_unload_command_1,
15731 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15732 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15733 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15734 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15735 an expression changes.\n\
15736 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15737 the memory to which it refers."));
15738 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15740 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15741 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15742 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15743 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15744 an expression is read.\n\
15745 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15746 the memory to which it refers."));
15747 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15749 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15750 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15751 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15752 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15753 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15754 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15755 the memory to which it refers."));
15756 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15758 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15759 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15761 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15762 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15763 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15764 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15765 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15766 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15767 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15768 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15769 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15772 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15773 &setlist, &showlist);
15775 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15777 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15779 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15780 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15782 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15783 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15784 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15786 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15787 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15788 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15789 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15791 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15792 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15794 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15795 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15796 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15798 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15799 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15801 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15802 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15803 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15804 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15805 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15806 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15807 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15808 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15809 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15811 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15812 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15813 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15814 conditions are different.\n\
15816 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15817 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15818 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15820 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15821 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15822 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15823 last tracepoint set."));
15825 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15827 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15828 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15829 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15830 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15832 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15834 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15835 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15836 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15837 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15839 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15841 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15842 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15843 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15844 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15846 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15848 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15849 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15850 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15851 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15852 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15854 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15855 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15856 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15857 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15859 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15860 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15861 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15862 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15863 session to restore them."),
15865 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15867 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15868 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15869 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15871 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15873 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15874 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15876 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15877 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15878 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15879 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15880 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15881 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15882 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15883 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15884 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15885 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15886 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15887 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15889 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15890 &pending_break_support, _("\
15891 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15892 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15893 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15894 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15895 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15896 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15898 show_pending_break_support,
15899 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15900 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15902 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15904 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15905 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15906 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15907 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15908 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15909 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15910 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15912 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15913 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15914 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15916 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15917 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15918 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15919 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15920 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15921 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15922 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15923 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15924 when execution stops."),
15926 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15927 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15928 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15930 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15931 condition_evaluation_enums,
15932 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15933 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15934 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15935 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15936 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15937 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15938 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15939 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15940 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15941 be set to \"gdb\""),
15942 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15943 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15944 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15945 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15947 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15948 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15949 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15950 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15951 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15952 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15953 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15954 or the start of the range\n\
15955 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15956 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15957 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15959 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15960 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15961 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15963 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
15964 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15965 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15966 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15967 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
15968 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15970 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
15971 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
15972 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15973 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15974 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15975 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15976 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15977 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15978 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15979 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15980 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15981 &setlist, &showlist);
15983 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
15984 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
15985 &dprintf_function, _("\
15986 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15987 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15988 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15989 &setlist, &showlist);
15991 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
15992 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
15993 &dprintf_channel, _("\
15994 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15995 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15996 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15997 &setlist, &showlist);
15999 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16000 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16001 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16002 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16003 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16004 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16007 &setlist, &showlist);
16009 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16010 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16011 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16013 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16015 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16016 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);